Paxson Communications Corporation
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K/ A
(Amendment No. 1)
|
|
|
(Mark One) |
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 |
|
OR |
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION
PERIOD FROM (NO FEE REQUIRED) |
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to |
Commission File Number 1-13452
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
59-3212788 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.) |
|
601 Clearwater Park Road,
West Palm Beach, Florida
(Address of principal executive offices) |
|
33401
(Zip Code) |
Registrants telephone number, including area code:
(561) 659-4122
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class |
|
Name of Exchange on Which Registered |
|
|
|
Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value |
|
American Stock Exchange |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve
months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past
90 days. þ
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated
filer (as defined in Exchange Act
Rule 12b-2). Yes þ No o
The aggregate market value of common stock held by
non-affiliates of the registrant was $148,546,000 (based upon
the $3.25 per share closing price on the American Stock
Exchange) on the last business day of the registrants most
recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2004).
For purposes of this calculation, the registrant has assumed
that its directors and executive officers are affiliates.
The number of shares outstanding of each of the
registrants classes of common stock, as of March 4,
2005 was: 61,244,433 shares of Class A Common Stock,
$0.001 par value, and 8,311,639 shares of Class B
Common Stock, $0.001 par value.
Documents Incorporated By Reference
Parts of the definitive Proxy Statement for the
Registrants Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on
June 10, 2005.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This Amendment No. 1 to Annual Report on Form 10-K/ A
amends our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2004 (the Original Filing),
which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
March 31, 2005. This Amendment No. 1 is being filed to
(1) add our Report of Management Regarding Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting, (2) revise the Report of
Independent Registered Certified Public Accountants that was
included in the Original Filing to cover both the report related
to our financial statements and the attestation report related
to managements assessment of the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting, and (3) revise
certain disclosure in the original filing to clarify that we
intend to continue airing entertainment programming as a
significant portion of our network programming schedule.
At the time of the Original Filing, we elected to utilize the
45 day extension offered to certain registrants by the
Securities and Exchange Commission to delay the filing of
managements report on internal control over financial
reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002 and our independent registered certified public
accountants attestation report regarding our
managements report. Managements report on internal
control over financial reporting and the related attestation
report of our independent registered certified public
accountants are included in this Amendment No. 1 in
Item 8.
As a result of these amendments, we have filed as exhibits to
this Form 10-K/ A an additional Consent of
Independent Registered Certified Public Accountants dated
April 26, 2005, and an additional Report of Independent
Registered Certified Public Accountants dated April 26,
2005 to cover our managements report related to our
internal control over financial reporting. The certifications
required pursuant to Section 302 and Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which were filed as exhibits to
the Original Filing, have been re-executed and re-filed as
exhibits to this Form 10-K/ A.
Except for the matters described above, this Form 10-K/ A
does not modify or update other disclosures in, or exhibits to,
the Original Filing. This amendment does not change any
previously reported financial results. For the convenience of
the reader, this Form 10-K/ A also includes the remainder
of the Original Filing in its entirety.
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3
PART I
General
We are a network television broadcasting company which owns and
operates the largest broadcast television station group in the
United States, as measured by the number of television
households in the markets our stations serve. We currently own
and operate 60 broadcast television stations (including three
stations we operate under time brokerage agreements), all of
which carry PAX TV, including stations reaching all of the top
20 U.S. markets and 40 of the top 50 U.S. markets. We
operate PAX TV, a network that provides programming seven days
per week, 24 hours per day, and reaches approximately
95 million homes, or 87% of prime time television
households in the U.S., through our broadcast television station
group, and pursuant to distribution arrangements with cable and
satellite distribution systems and our broadcast station
affiliates. PAX TVs entertainment programming principally
consists of shows originally developed by us and shows that have
appeared previously on other broadcast networks which we have
purchased the right to air. The balance of PAX TVs
programming consists of long form paid programming (principally
infomercials) and public interest programming. We have obtained
audience ratings and share, market rank and television household
data set forth in this report from the most recent information
available from Nielsen Media Research. We do not assume
responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of this data.
We presently derive our revenues from the sale of network long
form paid programming, network spot advertising and station
advertising:
|
|
|
|
|
Network Long Form Paid Programming. We sell air time
for long form paid programming, consisting primarily of
infomercials, during broadcasting hours when we are not airing
PAX TV entertainment programming or public interest programming.
Our network long form paid programming represented approximately
39.8% of our net revenue during the year ended December 31,
2004. |
|
|
|
Network Spot Advertising. We sell commercial air time to
advertisers who want to reach the entire nationwide PAX TV
viewing audience with a single advertisement. Network spot
advertising rates are significantly affected by audience ratings
and our ability to reach audience demographics that are
desirable to advertisers. Higher ratings generally enable us to
charge higher rates to advertisers. Our network spot advertising
revenue represented approximately 20.7% of our net revenue
during the year ended December 31, 2004. |
|
|
|
Station Advertising. We sell commercial air time to
advertisers who want to reach the viewing audience in specific
geographic markets in which we own and operate our television
stations. These advertisers may be local businesses or regional
or national advertisers who want to target their advertising in
these markets. Station advertising rates are affected by ratings
and local market conditions. Our station advertising sales
represented approximately 39.5% of our net revenue during the
year ended December 31, 2004 (including 22.8% of our net
revenue during such year which was derived from local and
national long form paid programming). |
Beginning in January 2003, we modified our programming schedule
by replacing entertainment programming during the hours of
1 p.m. to 5 p.m. and 11:30 p.m. to midnight,
Monday through Friday, and 5 p.m. to 6 p.m. and
11 p.m. to midnight, Saturday and Sunday, with long form
paid programming. As a result, the percentage of our net
revenues derived from long form paid programming has increased
from 46.4% in the year ended December 31, 2002, to 62.6% in
the year ended December 31, 2004. We expect to continue to
derive more than half of our net revenues from long form paid
programming for the foreseeable future. We expect, however, that
entertainment programming will continue to constitute a
significant portion of our network programming schedule.
We have entered into joint sales agreements, or JSAs, with
owners of broadcast stations in markets served by our stations.
Our JSA partners sales staff provides station spot and
long form advertising sales management and representation for
our stations and in 22 of our stations we have integrated and
co-located our station operations with those of our JSA
partners. As of March 4, 2005, 45 of our 60 owned and
operated television
4
stations operate under a JSA. In March 2005, we notified our JSA
partners other than NBC that we were exercising our right to
terminate the JSAs, effective June 30, 2005 and we began
discussions with NBC as to the termination of each of our JSAs
with NBC (covering 14 of our stations in 12 markets). We intend
that by the beginning of July 2005, our local advertising sales
efforts, including long form paid programming and spot
advertisements, will be handled directly by our existing
employees.
Our primary operating expenses include selling, general and
administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization expenses,
programming expenses, employee compensation and costs associated
with cable and satellite distribution, ratings services and
promotional advertising. Programming amortization is a
significant expense and is affected by several factors,
including the mix of syndicated and original programming and the
frequency with which programs are aired.
Our business model differs from that of both traditional
television networks and network-affiliated television station
groups. Similar to traditional television networks, we provide
advertisers with nationwide reach through our extensive
television distribution system. Because we own and operate most
of our distribution system, however, we receive advertising
revenue from the entire broadcast day (consisting of both
entertainment and long form paid programming), unlike
traditional networks, which receive advertising revenue only
from commercials aired during network programming hours and
network-affiliated stations, which receive advertising revenue
only from non-network commercials. In addition, because of the
size and centralized operations of our station group, we are
able to achieve economies of scale with respect to our
programming, promotional, research, engineering, accounting and
administrative expenses which we believe enable us to have lower
per station expenses than those of a typical network-affiliated
station.
Business Strategy
Our business operations presently do not provide sufficient cash
flow to support our debt service and preferred stock dividend
requirements. In September 2002, we engaged Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc. and in August 2003 we engaged
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. to act as our financial advisors
to assess our business plan, capital structure and future
capital needs, and to explore strategic alternatives for our
company. We terminated these engagements in March 2005 as no
viable strategic transactions had been developed on terms that
we believed would be in the best interests of all of our
stockholders. While we continue to consider strategic
alternatives that may arise, which may include the sale of all
or part of our assets, finding a strategic partner for our
company who would provide the financial resources to enable us
to redeem, restructure or refinance our debt and preferred
stock, or finding a third party to acquire our company through a
merger or other business combination or through a purchase of
our equity securities, our principal efforts are focused on
improving our core business operations and increasing our cash
flow.
Our principal business objective is to improve our cash flow and
increase our financial flexibility, so that we may pursue
refinancing alternatives with a view to reducing our cost of
capital. We believe that if we are able to improve our cash flow
and reduce our cost of capital, we will be able to improve our
ability to take advantage of future opportunities to strengthen
our business that may arise due to changes in the regulatory or
business environment for broadcasters or other future
developments in our industry. We seek to maintain an efficient
operating structure and a flexible programming strategy as we
implement changes to our business operations. In 2004, we
entered into a consulting agreement with NBC Universal, Inc., or
NBC, and committed significant resources to the development of a
number of new original entertainment programs, which we launched
on PAX TV at various times during the second half of the year.
To date, these new programs have not served to improve
materially our audience ratings or advertising revenues. We are
not currently investing substantial additional amounts in new
entertainment programming, and are evaluating other programming
strategies and opportunities that might be available to us which
could improve our cash flow. We expect, however, that
entertainment programming will continue to constitute a
significant portion of our network programming schedule.
In March 2005, we began the process of ending certain
contractual relationships involving most of our stations which
limit our ability to implement alternative programming and sales
strategies and to take advantage of other opportunities that
might be available to us. The termination of these relationships
will allow
5
us to eliminate a significant portion of the costs associated
with the sales of local and national spot advertisements and
long form paid programming. We plan to substantially reduce or
eliminate our sales of spot advertisements that are based on
audience ratings, which are presently sold for us by our JSA
partners and NBC, and to focus our sales efforts on long form
paid programming and non-rated spot advertisements. We intend
that, by the beginning of July 2005, our local advertising sales
efforts, including long form paid programming and spot
advertisements, will be handled directly by our own employees.
As part of this process, in March 2005, we notified all of our
JSA partners other than NBC that we were exercising our right to
terminate the JSAs, effective June 30, 2005, we notified
all of our network affiliates that we were exercising our right
to terminate the affiliation agreements, effective June 30,
2005, and we notified NBC that we were removing, effective
June 30, 2005, all of our stations from our national sales
agency agreement with NBC, pursuant to which NBC sells national
spot advertisements for 49 of our 60 stations.
In March 2005, we also began discussions with NBC as to the
termination of our network sales agency agreement with NBC and
each of our JSAs with NBC (covering 14 stations in 12 markets).
We intend that, following resolution of these matters, our
network advertising sales efforts will be handled directly by
our own employees.
In connection with the termination of the JSAs, we will have to
either relocate up to 22 of our station master controls which
are currently located in our JSA partners facility or
lease space from our JSA partner in order to keep our station
master control located in our JSA partners facility.
We are also reviewing all of the elements of our business
operations as we seek to implement changes that we believe will
improve our cash flow.
Operating Strategy
The principal components of our current operating strategy are:
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit from a Centralized, Efficient Operating
Structure. We centralize many of the functions of our owned
and operated stations, including promotions, advertising,
research, engineering, accounting and sales traffic. Our
stations average fewer than ten employees compared to an average
of 90 employees at network-affiliated stations, and an average
of 60 employees at independent stations in markets of similar
size to ours. We employ a centralized programming strategy,
which we believe enables us to keep our programming costs per
station significantly lower than those of comparable stations.
We provide programming for all of our stations and, except for
local news and syndicated programming provided by JSA partners,
each station offers substantially the same programming schedule. |
|
|
|
Continue Airing Long Form Paid Programming. We air a
substantial amount of long form paid programming as we believe
this provides us with a stable revenue base. In January 2003, we
increased our inventory of air time available for long form paid
programming by approximately 42% by shifting 26.5 hours per
week of non-prime time PAX TV network entertainment programming
to long form paid programming. The portion of our net revenues
which is derived from network advertising decreased to 20.7% for
the year ended December 31, 2004 from 32.6% for the year
ended December 31, 2002 and the portion of our net revenues
which is derived from network and station long form paid
programming increased to 62.6% for the year ended
December 31, 2004 from 46.4% for the year ended
December 31, 2002. |
|
|
|
Maintain a Flexible Programming Strategy. An important
element of our plan to improve our business operations and cash
flow is to maintain a flexible programming strategy that allows
us to take advantage of opportunities that may arise for us to
improve our return on our broadcast airtime while refraining
from incurring substantial programming costs. These
opportunities may include selling blocks of time to third
parties who would air sports, entertainment or other
programming. We are not currently investing substantial
additional amounts in the development of new original
entertainment programming or the purchase of rights to air
syndicated programming, and intend to substantially reduce or
eliminate our sale of spot advertisements that are based on
television audience ratings. The termination of our JSAs and
network affiliation agreements is a component of our
implementation of |
6
|
|
|
|
|
this programming strategy, as these agreements restrict our
programming flexibility by requiring us to continue airing a
certain amount of network entertainment programming and our
ability to control our local advertising. We expect, however,
that entertainment programming will continue to constitute a
significant portion of our network programming schedule. |
|
|
|
Expand and Improve PAX TV Distribution. We intend to
continue to expand our television distribution system to reach
as many U.S. television households as possible in a cost
efficient manner. We will seek to replace the distribution lost
by the termination of our network affiliation agreements through
the negotiation of new, more flexible affiliation agreements and
carriage agreements with cable systems in the affected markets,
as and if such agreements can be concluded on cost efficient
terms. We continue to improve the channel positioning of our
broadcast television stations on local cable systems across the
country, as we believe the ability to view our programming on
one of the lower numbered channel positions (generally below
channel 21) on a cable system improves the likelihood that
viewers will watch our programming. |
|
|
|
Provide Quality Entertainment Programming. We believe
there is significant demand, including from adult demographic
groups which are attractive to advertisers, for quality
entertainment programming which is free of excessive violence,
explicit sexual themes and foul language. We own or have the
right to air a substantial amount of this type of programming
which we will continue to air to the extent we continue to carry
entertainment programming. |
|
|
|
Exploit Our Broadcast Station Groups Digital Television
Platform. Our owned and operated station group gives us a
significant platform for digital broadcasting. We have completed
the construction of digital broadcast facilities for 49 of our
60 owned and operated stations and intend to explore the most
effective use of digital broadcast technology for each of our
stations. We believe that we are able to provide a significant
broadband platform on which to broadcast digital television,
including multiple television networks. While future
applications of this technology and the time frame within which
the transition to digital broadcasting will be completed are
uncertain, we believe that with our existing broadcast stations
we are well positioned to take advantage of future digital
broadcasting opportunities. |
Joint Sales Agreements
We have been managing the local operations of 45 of our stations
through JSAs, including JSAs between 41 of our stations and
stations owned by NBC, or independently owned NBC affiliated
stations. Generally, JSAs are for ten-year terms. Substantially
all JSA partners have the right to terminate the JSA upon a sale
by the JSA partner of its station that is the subject of the
JSA. Each JSA typically provides for the JSA partner to serve as
our exclusive sales representative to sell our station
advertising, enabling our station to benefit from the strength
of the JSA partners sales organization and existing
advertiser relationships. In about half of our JSA arrangements,
we have co-located many of our station operations, including our
station master control, with those of the JSA partner, seeking
to reduce our costs through operating efficiencies and economies
of scale, including the elimination of redundant owned and
leased facilities and staffing. Our JSA partner may provide
local news and syndicated programming, supplementing our
stations programming lineup.
In March 2005, we notified all of our JSA partners other than
NBC that we were exercising our right to terminate the JSAs,
effective June 30, 2005 and began discussions with NBC as
to the termination of each of the JSAs with NBC (covering 14 of
our stations in 12 markets). We intend that, by the beginning of
July 2005, our local advertising sales efforts, including long
form paid programming and spot advertisements, will be handled
directly by our own employees. In addition, in connection with
the termination of the JSAs, we will have to either relocate up
to 22 of our station master controls which are currently located
in our JSA partners facility or lease space from our JSA
partner in order to keep our station master control located in
our JSA partners facility.
Distribution
We distribute PAX TV through a television distribution system
comprised of our owned and operated broadcast television
stations, cable television systems in various markets not served
by a PAX TV station,
7
satellite television providers and independently owned PAX TV
affiliated broadcast stations. According to Nielsen our
programming currently reaches 87% of U.S. television
households (approximately 95 million homes).
We seek to reach as many U.S. television households as
possible in a cost efficient manner. In evaluating opportunities
to increase our television distribution, we consider factors
such as the attractiveness of specific geographic markets and
their audience demographics to potential television advertisers,
the degree to which the increased distribution would improve our
nationwide audience reach or upgrade our distribution in a
market in which we already operate, and the effect of any
changes in our distribution on our national ownership position
under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer
to as the Communications Act, and the rules and regulations of
the Federal Communications Commission, which we refer to as the
FCC, restricting the ownership of attributable interests in
television stations. We have increased the number of
U.S. television households which can receive our
programming by entering into agreements with cable system
operators and satellite television providers under which they
carry our programming on a designated channel of their cable
system or satellite service.
Our Owned and Operated Television Stations. We currently
own and operate 60 broadcast television stations (including
three stations we operate under time brokerage agreements, or
TBAs), all of which carry PAX TV, including stations reaching
all of the top 20 U.S. markets and 40 of the top 50
U.S. markets. Our owned and operated station group reaches
approximately 63% of U.S. prime time television households,
according to Nielsen. Our ownership of the stations providing
most of our television distribution enables us to receive
advertising revenue from each stations entire broadcast
day and to achieve operating efficiencies typically not enjoyed
by network affiliated television stations. As nearly all of our
owned and operated stations operate in the ultra high
frequency, or UHF, portion of the broadcast spectrum, only
half of the number of television households they reach are
counted against the national ownership cap under the
Communications Act. By exercising our rights under the
Communications Act to require cable television system operators
to carry the broadcast signals of our owned and operated
stations, we reach many more television households in each
stations designated market area, or DMA, than we would if
our stations were limited to transmitting their broadcast
signals over the airwaves.
We operate three stations (WPXL, New Orleans; WPXX, Memphis; and
WBNA, Louisville) pursuant to time brokerage agreements, or
TBAs, with the station owners. Under these agreements, we
provide the station with PAX TV programming and retain the
advertising revenues from the sale of advertising time during
substantially all of our PAX TV programming hours, in the case
of WPXL and WPXX, and during half of our PAX TV programming
hours, in the case of WBNA. We have options to acquire the New
Orleans and Memphis stations and a right of first refusal to
acquire the Louisville station. The owners of the two stations
for which we have options have the right to require us to
purchase these stations at any time after January 1, 2007
through December 31, 2008.
The table below provides information about our owned and
operated stations (including stations we operate pursuant to
TBAs).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market | |
|
Station Call | |
|
Broadcast | |
|
Total Market TV | |
|
|
Market Name |
|
Rank(1) | |
|
Letters | |
|
Channel | |
|
Households(2) | |
|
JSA Partner(3) |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
New York
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
WPXN |
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
7,355,710 |
|
|
NBC |
Los Angeles
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
KPXN |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
5,431,140 |
|
|
NBC |
Chicago
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
WCPX |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
3,417,330 |
|
|
NBC |
Philadelphia
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
WPPX |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
2,919,410 |
|
|
NBC |
Boston
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
WBPX |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
2,391,840 |
|
|
|
Boston
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
WDPX |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
2,391,840 |
|
|
|
Boston
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
WPXG |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
2,391,840 |
|
|
|
San Francisco
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
KKPX |
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
2,359,870 |
|
|
NBC |
Dallas
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
KPXD |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
2,292,760 |
|
|
NBC |
Washington D.C.
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
WPXW |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
2,241,610 |
|
|
NBC |
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market | |
|
Station Call | |
|
Broadcast | |
|
Total Market TV | |
|
|
Market Name |
|
Rank(1) | |
|
Letters | |
|
Channel | |
|
Households(2) | |
|
JSA Partner(3) |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Washington D.C.
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
WWPX |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
2,241,610 |
|
|
NBC |
Atlanta
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
WPXA |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
2,059,450 |
|
|
Gannett Co., Inc. |
Detroit
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
WPXD |
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
1,943,930 |
|
|
|
Houston
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
KPXB |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
1,902,810 |
|
|
Belo Corp. |
Seattle
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
KWPX |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
1,690,640 |
|
|
Belo Corp. |
Tampa
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
WXPX |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
1,671,040 |
|
|
Media General, Inc. |
Minneapolis
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
KPXM |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
1,665,540 |
|
|
Gannett Co., Inc. |
Phoenix
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
KPPX |
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
1,596,950 |
|
|
Gannett Co., Inc. |
Cleveland
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
WVPX |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
1,556,670 |
|
|
Gannett Co., Inc. |
Miami
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
WPXM |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
1,496,810 |
|
|
NBC |
Denver
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
KPXC |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
1,401,760 |
|
|
Gannett Co., Inc. |
Sacramento
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
KSPX |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
1,315,030 |
|
|
Hearst-Argyle Television, Inc. |
Orlando
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
WOPX |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
1,303,150 |
|
|
Hearst-Argyle Television, Inc. |
Portland, OR
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
KPXG |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
1,086,900 |
|
|
Belo Corp. |
Indianapolis
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
WIPX |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
1,053,020 |
|
|
Dispatch Broadcast Group |
Hartford
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
WHPX |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
1,017,530 |
|
|
NBC |
Raleigh-Durham
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
WFPX |
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
966,720 |
|
|
NBC |
Raleigh-Durham
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
WRPX |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
966,720 |
|
|
NBC |
Nashville
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
WNPX |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
916,170 |
|
|
|
Kansas City
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
KPXE |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
894,580 |
|
|
Scripps Howard Broadcasting Company |
Milwaukee
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
WPXE |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
886,770 |
|
|
Journal Broadcast Group, Inc. |
Salt Lake City
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
KUPX |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
800,000 |
|
|
|
San Antonio
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
KPXL |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
748,950 |
|
|
Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. |
Grand Rapids
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
WZPX |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
732,600 |
|
|
LIN Television Corp. |
West Palm Beach
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
WPXP |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
729,010 |
|
|
Scripps Howard Broadcasting Company |
Birmingham
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
WPXH |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
717,300 |
|
|
NBC |
Norfolk
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
WPXV |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
707,750 |
|
|
LIN Television Corp. |
New Orleans(4)(5)
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
WPXL |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
695,760 |
|
|
Hearst-Argyle Television, Inc. |
Memphis(4)(5)
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
WPXX |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
658,250 |
|
|
Raycom America, Inc. |
Oklahoma City
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
KOPX |
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
655,250 |
|
|
The New York Times Company |
Buffalo
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
WPXJ |
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
651,970 |
|
|
Gannett Co., Inc. |
Greensboro
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
WGPX |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
648,860 |
|
|
Hearst-Argyle Television, Inc. |
Providence
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
WPXQ |
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
644,980 |
|
|
NBC |
Louisville(4)(6)
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
WBNA |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
637,680 |
|
|
|
Jacksonville-Brunswick
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
WPXC |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
613,000 |
|
|
Post-Newsweek Stations, Inc. |
Wilkes Barre
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
WQPX |
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
592,560 |
|
|
The New York Times Company |
Albany
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
WYPX |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
555,640 |
|
|
|
Knoxville
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
WPXK |
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
513,630 |
|
|
Raycom America, Inc. |
Tulsa
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
KTPX |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
510,960 |
|
|
Scripps Howard Broadcasting Company |
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market | |
|
Station Call | |
|
Broadcast | |
|
Total Market TV | |
|
|
Market Name |
|
Rank(1) | |
|
Letters | |
|
Channel | |
|
Households(2) | |
|
JSA Partner(3) |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Charleston, WV
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
WLPX |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
508,750 |
|
|
|
Lexington
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
WUPX |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
481,120 |
|
|
|
Roanoke
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
WPXR |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
445,670 |
|
|
Media General, Inc. |
Honolulu
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
KPXO |
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
417,120 |
|
|
|
Des Moines
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
KFPX |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
412,230 |
|
|
The New York Times Company |
Syracuse
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
WSPX |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
395,400 |
|
|
Raycom America, Inc. |
Spokane
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
KGPX |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
384,060 |
|
|
KHQ, Incorporated |
Cedar Rapids
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
KPXR |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
331,610 |
|
|
|
Greenville-N. Bern
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
WEPX |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
270,200 |
|
|
|
Greenville-N. Bern
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
WPXU |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
270,200 |
|
|
|
Wausau
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
WTPX |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
181,780 |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Market rank is based on the number of television households in
the television market or Designated Market Area, or
DMA, as used by Nielsen, effective as of September
2004. |
|
(2) |
Refers to the number of television households in the DMA as
estimated by Nielsen, effective as of September 2004. |
|
(3) |
Indicates the company with which we have entered into a JSA for
the station. In March 2005, we notified all of our JSA partners
other than NBC that we were exercising our right to terminate
the JSAs, effective June 30, 2005, and we began discussions
with NBC as to the termination of each of the JSAs with NBC
(covering 14 of our stations in 12 markets). |
|
(4) |
Station is independently owned and is operated by us under a
time brokerage agreement. |
|
(5) |
We have the option to acquire the station and the current owner
has the right to require us to purchase the station at anytime
after January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2008. |
|
(6) |
We have a right of first refusal to acquire the station. |
Cable and Satellite Distribution. In order to increase
the distribution of our programming, we have entered into
carriage agreements with the nations largest cable
multiple system operators, as well as with other cable system
operators and satellite television providers. These cable and
satellite system operators carry our programming on a designated
channel of their service. These carriage agreements enable us to
reach television households in markets not served by our owned
or affiliated stations. Our carriage agreements with cable
system operators generally require us to pay an amount based
upon television households reached. Our carriage agreements with
satellite television providers allow the satellite provider to
sell and retain the advertising revenue from a portion of the
non-network advertising time during PAX TV programming hours.
Some of our carriage agreements with cable operators also
provide this form of compensation to the cable operator. We do
not pay compensation for reaching households in DMAs already
served by our broadcast stations, even though the cable operator
may provide our programming to these households, because we have
exercised our must carry rights under the
Communications Act. We believe that the ability to view our
programming on one of the lower numbered channel positions
(generally below channel 21) on a cable system improves the
likelihood that viewers will watch our programming, and we have
negotiated favorable channel positions with most of the cable
system operators and satellite television providers with whom we
have carriage agreements. Through cable and satellite
distribution, we reach approximately 18% of U.S. prime time
television households in DMAs not already served by a PAX TV
station.
Our PAX TV Affiliated Stations. To increase the
distribution of PAX TV, we have entered into affiliation
agreements with stations in markets where we do not otherwise
own or operate a broadcast station. These stations include full
power and low power television stations. Each affiliation
agreement gives the particular station the right to broadcast
PAX TV programming, or portions of it, in the stations
market. Our affiliation agreements provide us with additional
distribution of our PAX TV programming without the
10
expense of acquiring a station or paying compensation to cable
system operators in the markets reached. Under our affiliation
agreements, we are not required to pay cash compensation to the
affiliate, and the affiliate is entitled to sell and retain the
revenue from all or a portion of the non-network advertising
time during the PAX TV programming hours. We have affiliation
agreements with respect to 47 television stations which reach
approximately 6% of U.S. prime time television households.
In March 2005, we notified all of our affiliates that we were
exercising our right to terminate the affiliation agreements,
effective June 30, 2005. We will seek to replace the
distribution lost by the termination of our network affiliation
agreements through the negotiation of new, more flexible
affiliation agreements and carriage agreements with cable
systems in the affected markets, as and if such agreements can
be concluded on cost efficient terms.
Programming
We operate PAX TV, a network that provides programming seven
days per week, 24 hours per day. During our PAX TV
entertainment programming hours, which are between
5:00 p.m. and 11:30 p.m., local time, Monday through
Friday, and 6:00 p.m. and 11:00 p.m., Saturday and
Sunday, we offer entertainment programs that are free of
excessive violence, explicit sexual themes and foul language.
Our PAX TV entertainment lineup consists of original shows,
syndicated programs and a limited amount of entertainment and
sports programming on a market-by-market basis.
During each programming season since our launch, we have
developed original PAX TV entertainment programming, as our
operating experience with PAX TV has shown that quality original
programs can generate higher ratings and deliver a greater
return to us, in terms of advertising revenues, than syndicated
programs of comparable cost. By employing cost efficient
development and production techniques, such as the development
of program concepts without the use of pilots, and by entering
into production arrangements with foreign production companies
through which we are able to share production costs, gain access
to lower cost production labor and participate in tax
incentives, we have developed original entertainment programming
for PAX TV at costs which we believe to be lower than those
typically incurred by other broadcast networks for original
entertainment programming. In addition, we attempt to pre-sell
the foreign and other distribution rights to our original PAX TV
programming and thereby recover a significant portion of the
programs production costs, while retaining all of the
domestic rights. Our agreements for syndicated programming
generally entitle us to exclusive nationwide distribution rights
over our entire television distribution system for a fixed cost,
without regard to the number of households that receive our
programming.
In March 2004 we entered into an agreement with NBC under which
NBC consulted with us on the development, production and
programming of scripted and unscripted television series, games
shows and specials for the 2004-2005 broadcast season. We
committed significant resources to this programming initiative,
and the shows we developed were targeted largely to a younger
audience demographic that is more attractive to advertisers than
the audience demographic that has typically viewed our
programming. We launched these shows on PAX TV at various times
during the second half of 2004. To date, this programming
initiative has not served to improve materially our audience
ratings or advertising revenues. Our consulting agreement with
NBC has expired and, although we continue to fund our remaining
commitments to this programming initiative, we are not currently
planning to invest significant additional resources in the
development of new original entertainment programming. While we
intend to continue airing entertainment programming during a
significant portion of our network programming schedule, we plan
to maintain a flexible programming strategy and to evaluate
other programming opportunities that might be available to us
which would improve our cash flow.
During hours when we are not broadcasting entertainment
programming, our stations broadcast long form paid programming,
consisting primarily of infomercials, which are shows produced
at no cost to us to market and sell products and services
through viewer direct response, and paid religious programming.
Pursuant to an agreement with The Christian Network, Inc., or
CNI, our broadcast stations carry CNIs programming between
the hours of 1:00 a.m. and 6:00 a.m., seven days per
week.
11
Under many of our JSAs, the JSA partner provides our station
with local evening news broadcasts, which may be a rebroadcast
of the JSA partners news in a different time slot or a
news broadcast produced for PAX TV. We do not expect these
arrangements to continue after termination of our JSAs, as
discussed above.
Ratings
The advertising revenues from our PAX TV entertainment
programming are largely dependent upon the popularity of our
programming, in terms of audience ratings, and the
attractiveness of our PAX TV viewing audience to advertisers.
Nielsen, one of the leading providers of national audience
measuring services, has grouped all television stations in the
country into approximately 210 DMAs that are ranked in size
according to the number of television households, and
periodically publishes data on estimated audiences for the
television stations in the various DMAs. The estimates are
expressed in terms of the percentage of the total potential
audience in the market viewing a station (the stations
Rating) and of the percentage of the audience
actually watching television (the stations
Share). Nielsen provides this data on the basis of
total television households and selected demographic groupings
in the DMA.
Some viewer demographic groups are more attractive to
advertisers than others, such as adults of working age who
typically have greater purchasing power than other viewer
demographic groups. Many products and services are targeted to
consumers with specific demographic characteristics, and a
viewer demographic group containing a concentration of these
types of consumers generally will be more attractive to
advertisers. Based on our experiences with PAX TV, advertisers
often will pay higher rates to advertise during programming that
reaches demographic groups that are targeted by that advertiser.
A component of our entertainment programming strategy is to air
programming that will increase PAX TVs ratings among
certain demographic groups that are most attractive to
advertisers.
Advertising
We offer advertisers the opportunity to reach PAX TVs
nationwide viewing audience with a single infomercial or
commercial, and to target specific geographic markets in which
our programming is aired.
We sell airtime to advertisers for long form paid programming,
consisting primarily of infomercials. This programming may
appear on our nationwide PAX TV network or it may be aired only
in specific geographic markets. Our national long form sales
team sells network and regional paid programming time. Local
paid programming may be sold by our national sales team or by
the local sales team at each station.
We also sell commercial air time to advertisers who want to
reach the entire nationwide PAX TV viewing audience with a
single advertisement, which we refer to as network advertising.
NBC serves as our exclusive sales representative to sell most of
our network spot advertising. Network spot advertising
represented approximately 21.0% of our net revenue during the
year ended December 31, 2003 and 20.7% of our net revenue
during the year ended December 31, 2004. The central
programming signal through which we supply our programming to
our stations and to cable and satellite viewers includes
advertising, generally of a direct response nature, which
reaches our cable and satellite viewers (during both PAX TV
entertainment programming and other viewing hours) in markets
not served by our stations during time that is otherwise
allocated to station spot advertising, and which reaches viewers
in local markets during unsold station spot advertising time. We
include the revenue from this advertising in our network
advertising revenues.
We also sell commercial air time to local and national
advertisers who want to reach our viewing audience in specific
geographic markets in which we operate, which we refer to as
station advertising. These advertisers may be local businesses
or regional or national advertisers who want to target their
advertising in these markets. NBC provides national advertising
sales services for a majority of our stations. In markets in
which our stations are operating under JSAs, our JSA partner
serves as our exclusive sales representative to sell our local
station advertising. For stations for which NBC does not provide
national account representation, our JSA partner performs this
function. Our local sales force sells this advertising in
markets without JSAs. Our station advertising represented
approximately 38.3% of our net revenue during the year ended
December 31, 2003 and 39.5% of our net revenue during the
year ended December 31, 2004 (including 21.4% and 22.8%,
12
respectively, of our net revenue during each such year which was
derived from local and national long form paid programming).
In March 2005, we notified our JSA partners other than NBC that
we were exercising our right to terminate the JSAs, effective
June 30, 2005. We also notified NBC that we were exercising
our right to remove, effective June 30, 2005, all of our
stations from our national sales agency agreement, pursuant to
which NBC sells national spot advertisements for 49 of our 60
stations. We also began discussions with NBC as to the
termination of our network sales agency agreement with NBC and
each of our JSAs with NBC (covering 14 of our stations in 12
markets). We plan to substantially reduce or eliminate our sales
of spot advertisements that are based on audience ratings, and
to focus our sales efforts on long form paid programming and
non-rated spot advertisements. We intend to transfer our local
advertising sales efforts to our own employees by the beginning
of July 2005 and to transfer our network advertising sales
efforts to our own employees following resolution of our
discussions with NBC.
Our advertising rates are typically negotiated and based upon:
|
|
|
|
|
economic and market conditions; |
|
|
|
the size of the market in which a station operates; |
|
|
|
a programs popularity among the viewers that an advertiser
wishes to attract; |
|
|
|
the number of advertisers competing for a time slot; |
|
|
|
the availability of alternative advertising media in the market
area; |
|
|
|
the demographic composition of the market served by the station; |
|
|
|
development of projects, features and programs that tie
advertiser messages to programming; and |
|
|
|
quarterly sweeps performance ratings which measure
household tuning and demographic audience estimates in all 210
Nielsen TV markets. |
NBC Relationship
On September 15, 1999, we entered into an investment
agreement with NBC under which wholly-owned subsidiaries of NBC
purchased shares of our Series B preferred stock and
warrants to purchase shares of our common stock for an aggregate
purchase price of $415 million. At the same time, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of NBC entered into an agreement with
Mr. Paxson and entities controlled by Mr. Paxson,
under which the NBC subsidiary was granted the right to purchase
all, but not less than all, of the 8,311,639 shares of our
Class B common stock beneficially owned by Mr. Paxson.
Series B Preferred Stock. Under the investment
agreement, a wholly-owned subsidiary of NBC acquired
$415 million aggregate liquidation preference of our
Series B preferred stock. This security accrues cumulative
dividends and is convertible, subject to adjustment under the
terms of the Series B preferred stock, into
31,896,032 shares of our Class A common stock at an
initial conversion price of $13.01 per share
($18.83 per share as of December 31, 2004). On
September 15, 2004, the rate at which dividends accrue on
the Series B preferred stock was adjusted from the initial
annual rate of 8% to an annual rate of 16.2% as required by the
terms of the Series B preferred stock. The shares of
Series B preferred stock are exchangeable, in whole or in
part, at the option of the holders, into convertible debentures
ranking on a parity with our other subordinated indebtedness
subject, with respect to any exchange before January 1,
2007, to the exchange being permitted under the terms of our
debt and preferred stock instruments. The maturity date of the
convertible debentures into which the shares of Series B
preferred stock are exchangeable is December 31, 2009.
We are involved in litigation with NBC in the Delaware Court of
Chancery regarding the adjustment of the rate at which dividends
accrue on our Series B preferred stock, as described below
under Forward Looking Statements and Associated Risks and
Uncertainties The adjustment to the dividend rate on
our Series B preferred stock could have adverse
consequences for our business.
13
Warrant A and Warrant B. A wholly-owned subsidiary of NBC
also acquired a warrant (Warrant A) to purchase up
to 13,065,507 shares of Class A common stock at an
exercise price of $12.60 per share, and a warrant
(Warrant B) to purchase from us up to
18,966,620 shares of Class A common stock at an
exercise price equal to the average of the closing sale prices
of the Class A common stock for the 45 consecutive trading
days ending on the trading day immediately preceding the warrant
exercise date, provided that the average price shall not be more
than 17.5% higher or 17.5% lower than the six month trailing
average closing sale price. The warrants are exercisable until
September 2009, subject to various conditions and limitations.
In addition:
|
|
|
|
|
Warrant B may not be exercised before the exercise in full of
Warrant A; and |
|
|
|
Warrant B may not be exercised to the extent that, after giving
effect to the exercise, Mr. Paxson would no longer
constitute our single majority stockholder unless
Warrant B is exercised in full and at the same time NBC
exercises its right to purchase all the shares of our
Class B common stock held by Mr. Paxson. |
Right to Purchase Class B Common Stock. Concurrently
with entering into the Investment Agreement and issuing the
Series B preferred stock and Warrants A and B to
subsidiaries of NBC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of NBC entered
into an agreement with Mr. Paxson and entities controlled
by Mr. Paxson, under which the NBC subsidiary was granted
the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the
8,311,639 shares of our Class B common stock
beneficially owned by Mr. Paxson. This right is exercisable
through September 15, 2009, and may not be exercised before
the exercise in full of Warrant A and Warrant B.
These shares of Class B common stock are entitled to ten
votes per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our
stockholders and are convertible into an equal number of shares
of Class A common stock. The purchase price per share of
Class B common stock is equal to the higher of:
|
|
|
|
|
the average of the closing sale prices of the Class A
common stock for the 45 consecutive trading days ending on the
trading day immediately preceding the exercise of NBCs
call right, provided that the average price shall not be more
than 17.5% higher or 17.5% lower than the six month trailing
average closing sale prices; and |
|
|
|
$20.00 per share. |
The owners of the shares that are subject to the call right have
agreed not to transfer those shares before September 15,
2005, and not to convert those shares into any of our other
securities, including shares of Class A common stock.
NBCs exercise of the call right is subject to compliance
with applicable provisions of the Communications Act and the
rules and regulations of the FCC.
Optional Redemption by NBC. On November 13, 2003,
NBC notified us that it was exercising its right under its
investment agreement with us to demand that we redeem or arrange
for a third party to acquire (the Redemption), by
payment in cash, all 41,500 outstanding shares of our
Series B Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock held by
NBC. The aggregate redemption price payable in respect of the
41,500 preferred shares, including accrued dividends thereon,
was approximately $600.7 million as of December 31,
2004.
Between November 13, 2003 and November 13, 2004 we
were unable to consummate the Redemption as the terms of our
outstanding debt and preferred stock prohibited the Redemption
and we did not have sufficient funds on hand to consummate the
Redemption. We are involved in litigation with NBC in the
Delaware Court of Chancery in which we are seeking a declaratory
ruling that we are not obligated to consummate the Redemption
and are not in default under our agreement with NBC by virtue of
not having done so.
As we did not effect the Redemption by November 13, 2004,
NBC generally is permitted to transfer, without restriction, any
of our securities acquired by it, its right to acquire
Mr. Paxsons Class B common stock, the
contractual rights with respect to the NBC investment agreement
and its other rights under the related transaction agreements,
provided that Warrant A, Warrant B and the right to acquire
Mr. Paxsons Class B common stock will expire, to
the extent unexercised, 30 days after any such transfer. If
NBC transfers
14
any of our securities or its right to acquire
Mr. Paxsons Class B common stock, the transferee
will remain subject to the terms and conditions of such
securities, including those limitations on exercise described
above.
Default Redemption by NBC. NBC also has the right to
require that we redeem any Series B preferred stock and
Class A common stock issued upon conversion of the
Series B preferred stock then held by NBC upon the
occurrence of various events of default (a Default
Redemption). If NBC exercises this right, we will have up
to 180 days to consummate the redemption. If at any time
during the 180 day redemption period, the terms of our
outstanding debt and preferred stock do not prohibit the
redemption and we have sufficient funds on hand to consummate
the redemption, we must consummate the redemption at that time.
NBC may not exercise Warrant A, Warrant B or its right to
purchase shares of Class B common stock beneficially owned
by Mr. Paxson during the 180 day redemption period.
Should we fail to effect a Default Redemption within
180 days after NBC has exercised its right to require us to
redeem its securities, NBC will have 180 days within which
to exercise Warrant A and Warrant B and its right to acquire
Mr. Paxsons Class B common stock, and generally
will be permitted to transfer, without restriction, any of our
securities acquired by it, its right to acquire
Mr. Paxsons Class B common stock, the
contractual rights described below, and its other rights under
the related transaction agreements, provided that Warrant A,
Warrant B and the right to acquire Mr. Paxsons
Class B common stock shall expire, to the extent
unexercised, 30 days after any such transfer. If NBC does
not effect any of these transactions within the 180 day
period, we will have the right, for 30 days, to redeem
NBCs securities. If we do not effect a redemption during
this period, NBC will have the right to require us to effect, at
our option, either a public sale or a liquidation of our company
and may participate as a bidder in any such transaction. If the
highest bid in any public sale of our company would be
insufficient to pay NBC the redemption price of its securities,
NBC will have a right of first refusal to purchase our company
for the highest bid amount. If the highest bid in any public
sale would be sufficient to pay NBC the redemption price of its
securities, the investment agreement requires us to accept the
bid. NBC will not be permitted to exercise Warrant A, Warrant B
or its right to acquire Mr. Paxsons Class B
common stock during the public sale or liquidation process.
Inability to Effect a Redemption. Our ability to effect
any redemption is restricted by the terms of our outstanding
debt and preferred stock. In order to be able to effect a
redemption demanded by NBC, we would need not only to raise
sufficient cash to fund payment of the redemption price, but
also to obtain the consents of the holders of our outstanding
debt and preferred stock or repay, redeem or refinance these
securities in a manner that obviated the need to obtain the
consents of the holders. Alternatively, we would need to
identify a third party willing to purchase NBCs
Series B preferred stock directly from NBC or to enter into
a merger, acquisition or other transaction with us as a result
of which NBCs Series B preferred stock would be
redeemed or acquired.
Optional Redemption by the Company. We have the right, at
any time, to redeem any or all of our outstanding Series B
preferred stock at a redemption price per share equal to the
higher of (i) the liquidation preference of
$10,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends, and
(ii) the product of 80% of the average of the closing sale
prices of the Class A common stock for the ten consecutive
trading days ending on the trading day immediately preceding our
notice to NBC exercising the optional redemption, and the number
of shares of Class A common stock into which a share of
Series B preferred stock is convertible (approximately
768.58 shares of Class A common stock as of
December 31, 2004).
If we elect to redeem a portion of our outstanding Series B
preferred stock, we are required to declare and pay, in full,
all of the accumulated and unpaid dividends on the Series B
preferred stock. As of December 31, 2004, accumulated and
unpaid dividends on the Series B preferred stock aggregated
approximately $185.7 million.
Consent Rights. The investment agreement also provides
that we must obtain the consent of NBC for various actions,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
approval of annual budgets; |
|
|
|
expenditures materially in excess of budgeted amounts; |
15
|
|
|
|
|
material acquisitions of programming; |
|
|
|
material amendments to our certificate of incorporation or
bylaws; |
|
|
|
material asset sales or purchases, including, in some cases,
sales of our television stations; |
|
|
|
business combinations where we would not be the surviving
corporation or as a result of which we would experience a change
of control; |
|
|
|
issuances or sales of any capital stock, with some exceptions; |
|
|
|
certain affiliate transactions; |
|
|
|
stock splits or recombinations; |
|
|
|
any increase in the size of our board of directors other than
any increase resulting from provisions of our outstanding
preferred stock of up to two additional directors; and |
|
|
|
joint sales, joint services, time brokerage, local marketing or
similar agreements as a result of which our stations with
national household coverage of 20% or more would be subject to
those agreements. |
Miscellaneous Rights. In connection with its investment
in us, we also granted NBC various rights with respect to our
broadcast television operations, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the right to require the conversion of our television stations
to NBC network affiliates, subject to various conditions; |
|
|
|
a right of first refusal on proposed sales of television
stations; and |
|
|
|
the right to require our television stations to carry NBC
network programming that is preempted by NBC network affiliates. |
Stockholders Agreement. We also entered into a
stockholders agreement with NBC, Mr. Paxson and entities
controlled by Mr. Paxson under which we are permitted (but
not required) to nominate persons named by NBC for election to
our board of directors upon request by NBC if NBC determines
that its nominees are permitted under the Communications Act and
FCC rules to serve on our board. Mr. Paxson and his
affiliates agreed to vote their shares of common stock in favor
of the election of those persons as our directors. As part of
the outcome of the proceedings that we initiated in 2001, which
are described below, the FCC determined in 2002 that any NBC
nominated director must not be an NBC employee and must be a
person who would reasonably be expected to act independently on
all matters. The stockholders agreement further provides that we
will not, without the prior written consent of NBC, enter into
certain agreements or adopt certain plans which would be
breached or violated upon the acquisition of our securities by
NBC or its affiliates or would otherwise restrict or impede the
ability of NBC or its affiliates to acquire additional shares of
our capital stock.
Registration Rights. We also granted NBC demand and
piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of
Class A common stock issuable upon:
|
|
|
|
|
conversion of the Series B preferred stock; |
|
|
|
conversion of the debentures for which the Series B
preferred stock is exchangeable; |
|
|
|
exercise of the warrants; or |
|
|
|
conversion of the Class B common stock. |
Operational Arrangements. In connection with these
transactions, we entered into a number of business arrangements
with NBC. As part of these arrangements and our relationship
with NBC:
|
|
|
|
|
NBC provides network advertising sales, marketing and network
research services for PAX TV; |
|
|
|
NBC provides national advertising sales services for a majority
of our stations; and |
16
|
|
|
|
|
NBC has provided some of its programming, including movies and
sporting events, for broadcast on PAX TV. |
We have entered into JSAs with NBC with respect to 14 of our
stations serving 12 markets also served by an NBC owned and
operated station, and with 27 independently owned NBC affiliated
stations serving our markets. Under the JSAs, the NBC stations
sell all non-network advertising of our stations and receive
commission compensation for those sales, and each of our
stations may carry one hour per day of NBC syndicated
programming, subject to compliance with our entertainment
programming content standards.
In March 2005, we notified NBC that we were removing, effective
June 30, 2005, all of our stations from the national sales
agency agreement pursuant to which NBC sells national spot
advertisements for 49 of our 60 stations. In addition, we began
discussions with NBC as to the termination of our network sales
agency agreement with NBC and each of the JSAs with NBC. We
intend to transfer our local advertising sales efforts to our
own employees by the beginning of July 2005 and to transfer our
network advertising sales efforts to our own employees following
resolution of our discussions with NBC.
Delaware Court of Chancery Proceedings. On
August 19, 2004, NBC filed a complaint against us in the
Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware seeking a declaratory
ruling as to the meaning of the terms Cost of Capital
Dividend Rate and independent investment bank
as used in the Certificate of Designation (the Certificate
of Designation) of our Series B preferred stock held
by NBC. On September 15, 2004, the annual rate at which
dividends accrue on the Series B preferred stock was reset
from 8% to 16.2% in accordance with the procedure specified in
the terms of the Series B preferred stock. We engaged CIBC
World Markets Corp., a nationally recognized independent
investment banking firm, to determine the adjusted dividend rate
as of the fifth anniversary of the original issue date of the
Series B preferred stock.
On October 14, 2004, we filed our answer and a counterclaim
to NBCs complaint. Our answer largely denies the
allegations of the NBC complaint and our counterclaim seeks a
declaratory ruling that we are not obligated to redeem, and will
not be in default under the terms of the agreement under which
NBC made its initial $415 million investment in us if we do
not redeem, the Series B preferred stock on or before
November 13, 2004. NBC delivered a notice of demand for
redemption on November 13, 2003, and has since alleged,
both through statements to the press and in its complaint filed
in Delaware, that we are obligated to redeem, and will be in
default if we do not redeem, NBCs investment on or before
November 13, 2004.
We and NBC have filed briefs in the litigation and have each
moved for judgment on the pleadings. The court heard oral
argument on the respective motions on February 14, 2005 and
has not yet issued its ruling.
Arbitration and FCC Proceedings. In December 2001, we
commenced a binding arbitration proceeding against NBC in which
we asserted that NBC breached its agreements with us and
breached its fiduciary duty to us and to our shareholders. We
asserted that NBCs proposed acquisition of Telemundo
Communications Group, Inc. (Telemundo Group) (which
was completed in April 2002) violates the terms of the
agreements governing the investment and partnership between us
and NBC. In September 2002, the arbitrator ruled against us on
all of our claims, denying us any of the relief we had sought
with respect to what we believed to be NBCs wrongful
actions. Accordingly, the provisions of our agreements with NBC
remain in effect without change.
We also made two filings with the FCC, one of which requested a
declaratory ruling as to whether conduct by NBC, including
NBCs influence and apparent control over certain members
of our board of directors selected by NBC (all of whom have
since resigned from our board), caused NBC to have an
attributable interest in us in violation of FCC rules or
infringed upon our rights as an FCC license holder. The second
FCC filing sought to deny FCC approval of NBCs acquisition
of the Telemundo Groups television stations. In an opinion
and order adopted April 9, 2002, the FCC granted approval
of NBCs applications for consent to the transfer to NBC of
control of the Telemundo Group television stations, denied our
petition to deny these applications, and granted in part and
denied in part our request for a declaratory ruling. The FCC
found that the placement of NBC employees on our board and the
subsequent actions of these persons in their capacity as our
directors, including a finding that one such director was
protecting NBCs interests and not acting as an independent
member of our board, resulted in NBC having an attributable
interest in us in
17
violation of the FCCs multiple ownership rules. The FCC
determined that admonishment was the appropriate remedy and
further inquiry was not necessary. The FCC further indicated
that should NBC choose to exercise its rights to nominate new
members of our board of directors, the FCC would require that
such persons not be NBC employees or agents but persons who
would reasonably be expected to act independently in all future
matters concerning our company.
Competition
We compete for audience and advertisers and our television
stations are located in highly competitive markets and face
strong competition on all levels.
Audience. Television stations compete for audience share
principally on the basis of program popularity, as measured and
reported by Nielsen Media Research, the primary audience
measurement service used for buying and selling advertising
time. Audience size, as reflected by Nielsen ratings, has a
direct effect on advertising rates. Our PAX TV programming
competes for audience share in all of our markets with the
programming offered by other broadcast networks, local and
national cable networks and non-network affiliated television
stations. We believe our stations also compete for audience
share in their respective markets on the basis of their channel
positions on the cable systems which carry our programming, and
that the ability to view our programming on the lower numbered
channel positions (generally below channel 21) generally
improves the likelihood that viewers will watch our programming.
Our stations also compete for audience share with other forms of
entertainment programming, including home entertainment systems
and direct broadcasting satellite video distribution services
which transmit programming directly to homes equipped with
special receiving antennas and tuners. Further advances in
technology may increase competition for household audiences.
Advertising. PAX TV competes for advertising revenues
principally with other broadcast and cable television networks
and to some degree with other nationally distributed advertising
media, such as print publications. Our television stations also
compete for advertising revenues with other television stations
in their respective markets, as well as with other advertising
media, such as newspapers, radio stations, magazines, outdoor
advertising, transit advertising, yellow page directories,
direct mail and local cable systems. Competition for advertising
dollars at the television station level occurs primarily within
individual markets. Some national advertisers may be more
interested in buying groups or markets, either on a regional
basis that align to products distribution patterns, or
among larger markets, such as the top 50, as those markets
represent approximately two-thirds of the nations
television households. We believe owning and operating stations
located primarily in the top 50 markets is more attractive to
national advertisers with broad-based distribution of products
and services. Generally, a television station in one market does
not compete with stations in other market areas.
Federal Regulation of Broadcasting
The FCC regulates television broadcast stations under the
Communications Act. The following is a brief summary of certain
provisions of the Communications Act and the rules of the FCC.
License Issuance and Renewal. The Communications Act
provides that a broadcast station license may be granted to an
applicant if the public interest, convenience and necessity will
be served thereby, subject to certain limitations. Television
broadcast licenses generally are granted and renewed for a
period of eight years. Interested parties including members of
the public may file petitions to deny a license renewal
application but competing applications for the license will not
be accepted unless the current licensees renewal
application is denied. The FCC is required to grant a license
renewal application if it finds that the licensee (1) has
served the public interest, convenience and necessity;
(2) has committed no serious violations of the
Communications Act or the FCCs rules; and (3) has
committed no other violations of the Communications Act or the
FCCs rules which would constitute a pattern of abuse. Our
licenses are subject to renewal at various times between 2004
and 2007.
18
General Ownership Matters. The Communications Act
requires the prior approval of the FCC for the assignment of a
broadcast license or the transfer of control of a corporation or
other entity holding a license. In determining whether to
approve such an assignment or transfer of control, the FCC
considers, among other things, the financial and legal
qualifications of the prospective assignee or transferee,
including compliance with rules limiting the common ownership of
certain attributable interests in broadcast, cable and newspaper
properties.
The FCCs multiple ownership rules may limit the
acquisitions and investments that we may make or the investments
that others may make in us. The FCC generally applies its
ownership limits to attributable interests held by an
individual, corporation, partnership or other association or
entity. In the case of corporations holding or controlling
broadcast licenses, the interests of officers, directors and
those who, directly or indirectly, have the right to vote five
percent or more of the corporations stock are generally
attributable. The FCC treats all partnership and limited
liability company interests as attributable, except for those
interests that are insulated under FCC rules and policies. For
insurance companies, certain regulated investment companies and
bank trust departments that hold stock for investment purposes
only, stock interests become attributable with the ownership of
20% or more of the voting stock of the corporation holding or
controlling broadcast licenses.
The FCC treats as attributable debt and equity interests that,
when combined, exceed 33% of a station licensees total
assets, which is defined as the total amount of debt and equity
capital, if the party holding the equity and debt interests
(1) supplies more than 15% of the stations total
weekly programming or (2) has an attributable interest in
another media entity, whether television, radio or newspaper, in
the same market. Non-voting equity, loans, and insulated
interests count toward the 33% equity/debt threshold.
Non-conforming interests acquired before November 7, 1996,
are permanently grandfathered for purposes of the equity/debt
rules and thus do not constitute attributable ownership
interests.
Television National Ownership Rule. On June 2, 2003,
the FCC adopted new rules governing, among other things,
national and local ownership of television broadcast stations
and cross-ownership of television broadcast stations with radio
broadcast stations and newspapers serving the same market. The
new rules would change the regulatory framework within which
television broadcasters hold, acquire and transfer broadcast
stations. Numerous parties asked the FCC to reconsider portions
of its decision and other parties sought judicial review. In
September 2003, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third
Circuit issued an order staying the effectiveness of the new
media ownership rules, and in June 2004 the Third Circuit
remanded the proceeding to the FCC with instructions to the FCC
to better justify or modify its approach to setting the
numerical limits. The stay remains in effect pending further
review by the Third Circuit of the FCCs further action.
Several parties have filed petitions for review by the Supreme
Court which are currently pending.
Among other things, the FCCs new ownership rules would
have increased the percentage of the nations television
households that may be served by television broadcast stations
in which the same person or entity has an attributable interest
from 35% to 45% of national television households. The
Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2004 directed the FCC to
increase this percentage to 39% of national television
households and allows an entity that acquires licensees in
excess of 39% two years to come into compliance with the new
cap. The enactment of the 39% cap mooted the FCCs proposed
45% cap. This act also provides that the FCC shall conduct a
quadrennial, rather than biennial, review of its ownership
rules. The new rules also relax FCC restrictions on local
television ownership and on cross-ownership of television
stations with radio stations or newspapers in the same market.
In general, these new rules would reduce the regulatory barriers
to the acquisition of an interest in our television stations by
various industry participants who already own television
stations, radio stations, or newspapers.
In assessing compliance with the national ownership caps, the
FCC counts each UHF station as serving only half of the
television households in its market. This UHF
Discount is intended to take into account that UHF
stations historically have provided less effective coverage of
their markets than VHF stations. All of our television stations
are UHF stations and, without the UHF Discount, we would not
meet the recently-enacted 39% ownership cap. In its June 2,
2003 decision, the FCC concluded that the future transition to
digital television may eliminate the need for a UHF Discount.
For that reason, the FCC provided that the UHF
19
Discount will sunset i.e.,
expire for the top four broadcast networks (ABC,
NBC, CBS, and Fox) on a market-by-market basis as the digital
transition is completed, unless otherwise extended by the FCC.
The FCC also announced, however, that it will examine in a
future review whether to include in this sunset provision the
UHF television stations owned by other networks and group
owners, which would include our television stations. The Third
Circuit opinion referred to above also held that the
Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2004 mooted any argument on
whether the FCC could maintain the UHF Discount.
In the last Congress, in addition to enacting the 39% cap,
separate legislation was introduced to prohibit the application
of the UHF Discount to UHF stations sold after June 2,
2003, to sunset the UHF Discount in 2008 for all UHF stations,
to prohibit the cross ownership of newspapers and television
stations in the same market and to nullify in their entirety the
rule changes adopted by the FCC.
Television Duopoly Rule. The FCCs television
duopoly rule permits a party to own two television stations
without regard to signal contour overlap if each station is
located in a separate designated market area, or DMA. A party
may own two television stations in the same DMA so long as
(1) at least eight independently owned and operating
full-power commercial and non-commercial television stations
remain in the market at the time of acquisition and (2) at
least one of the two stations is not among the four top-ranked
stations in the market based on audience share. Without regard
to the number of independently owned television stations or
media voices, the FCC permits television duopolies
within the same DMA so long as the stations Grade B
service contours do not overlap. Satellite stations that are
authorized to rebroadcast the programming of a
parent station located in the same DMA are also
exempt from the duopoly rule. In April 2002, the
U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit
reversed the FCCs decision establishing an eight
media voice standard for same-market television
duopolies. The court remanded the proceeding to the FCC to
consider whether it should include in its definition of
media voices other media (i.e., newspapers, radio,
and cable). The court also suggested that, on remand, the FCC
may decide to adjust the numerical limit of eight.
On June 2, 2003 the FCC adopted new rules governing, among
other things, the number of television stations a party may own
in the same DMA. Under the new rules, a party would be permitted
to have an attributable interest in up to two television
stations in the same DMA, provided there were between five and
17 television stations in the DMA and provided that only one of
the duopoly stations was among the top four television stations
in the market in terms of audience share. Duopolies would not be
permitted in markets with fewer than five television stations.
In markets with 18 or more television stations, a party would be
permitted to own up to three television stations in a DMA, only
one of which may be among the top four in terms of audience
share. The new rules would also eliminate the contour overlap
rule for television. The media voice test would be
eliminated and the number of television stations in a market
would be calculated by counting all full-power commercial and
noncommercial television stations located within a given DMA.
Neither cable channels, Class A television stations, low
power television stations, television translator stations nor
dark or non-operational stations would be included in the count.
Satellite television stations would also be excluded from the
count, if the parent and satellite station were located within
the same DMA. The effectiveness of these new rules has been
stayed by the order of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the
Third Circuit described above.
Television/ Newspaper Radio/ Television Cross Ownership.
On June 2, 2003, the FCC removed the newspaper-broadcast
and radio-television cross-ownership prohibitions and replaced
them with a new set of cross-media limits. The FCC
continued, however, to prohibit common ownership of daily
newspapers and broadcast stations, and television/radio
combinations in markets with three or fewer television stations.
In markets having between four and eight television stations,
the new rules would limit ownership to one of the following
combinations: (1) a daily newspaper, one television station
and up to half of the radio station limit for the market;
(2) a daily newspaper, no television station and up to the
radio station limit for the market; or (3) two television
stations (if allowable under the new rules), no daily newspaper,
and up to the radio station limit for the market. In markets
having nine or more television stations the cross-media limits
would be eliminated completely and only the new local television
and local radio ownership rules would apply. Under the new
rules, noncommercial television stations would be included in
the station count. The effectiveness of
20
these new rules has been stayed by the order of the
U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit described above.
Television Time Brokerage and Joint Sales Agreements.
Over the past few years, a number of television stations,
including certain of our television stations, have entered into
agreements commonly referred to as time brokerage agreements and
joint sales agreements. Under these agreements, separately owned
and licensed stations agree to function cooperatively subject to
the requirements of antitrust laws and compliance with the
FCCs rules and policies, including the requirement that
each party maintain independent control over the programming and
operations of its own station. The FCCs attribution and
television duopoly rules apply to time brokerage agreements in
which one station brokers more than 15% of the broadcast time
per week of another station in the same DMA with an overlapping
Grade B contour.
A joint sales agreement, or JSA, is an arrangement
by which a brokering station provides advertising sales
services, but not programming, for another station in the
market. On August 7, 2004, the FCC commenced a rulemaking
proceeding to consider whether to treat a television
licensees JSA to sell the advertising time of another
television station in the same market as the equivalent of
ownership of that station for purposes of the FCCs local
television ownership rules. The FCC may adopt rules affecting
these arrangements that could adversely affect our current
station operations under existing JSAs. We cannot predict what
rules the FCC will adopt or what effect any new rules are likely
to have. In March 2005, we notified all of our JSA partners
other than NBC that we were exercising our right to terminate
the JSAs, effective June 2005.
Alien Ownership. Under the Communications Act, no FCC
broadcast license may be held by a corporation of which more
than one-fifth of its capital stock is owned or voted by aliens
or their representatives or by a foreign government or its
representative, or by any corporation organized under the laws
of a foreign country (collectively Aliens).
Furthermore, the Communications Act provides that no FCC
broadcast license may be granted to any corporation controlled
by any other corporation of which more than one-fourth of its
capital stock is owned of record or voted by Aliens if the FCC
should find that the public interest would be served by the
refusal of the license.
Dual Network Rule. FCC rules permit the combination of
television broadcast networks, except for a combination of any
two of the four major networks (ABC, CBS, Fox or NBC). The FCC
retained the current rule in its June 2, 2003 report and
order.
Programming and Operation. The Communications Act
requires broadcasters to present programming that responds to
community problems, needs and interests and to maintain records
demonstrating its responsiveness. Stations also must follow
rules that regulate, among other things, obscene and indecent
broadcasts, sponsorship identification, the advertising of
contests and lotteries and technical operations, including
limits on radio frequency radiation.
The FCCs rules limit the amount of advertising in
television programming designed for children 12 years of
age and under. The FCC effectively requires that television
broadcast stations air specified amounts of programming during
specified time periods that serve the educational and
informational needs of children 16 years of age and under.
The Communications Act and FCC rules also regulate the
broadcasting of political advertisements by television stations.
Stations must provide reasonable access for the
purchase of time by legally qualified candidates for federal
office and equal opportunities for the purchase of
equivalent amounts of comparable broadcast time by opposing
candidates for the same elective office. Before primary and
general elections, legally qualified candidates for elective
office may be charged no more than the stations
lowest unit charge for the same class of
advertisement, length of advertisement and daypart.
The Bipartisan Campaign Reform Act of 2002 (BCRA)
(also known as the McCain-Feingold campaign finance bill)
modified the regulation of certain aspects of political campaign
fundraising and expenditures, and imposed new restrictions on
the broadcast of issue advertisements. Congress
previously has considered and may in the future consider
amending the political advertising laws by changing the
statutory definition of lowest unit charge in a
manner which would require television stations to sell time to
21
federal political candidates at lower rates. We are unable to
predict whether additional changes to the political broadcasting
laws will be enacted, or what effect, if any, these changes
might have upon our business.
Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements. Existing FCC
rules require all broadcast station employment units with five
or more full-time employees to comply with certain general and
specific recruitment, outreach, and reporting requirements. All
broadcast licensees must refrain from engaging in employment
discrimination based on race, color, religion, national origin
or sex (with a limited exception for religious broadcasters).
The FCC is considering applying these rules to part-time
positions.
Cable Must Carry/ Retransmission Consent
Regulations. Under the Communications Act, every local
commercial television broadcast station must elect once every
three years to require a cable system to carry the station
subject to certain exceptions, or to negotiate for
retransmission consent to carry the station. A stations
must carry rights are not absolute, and their
exercise depends on variables such as the number of activated
channels on a cable system, the location and size of a cable
system, the amount of duplicative programming on the station,
and the quality of the stations signal at the cable
systems headend. Alternatively, if a broadcaster chooses
to exercise retransmission consent rights, it can prohibit cable
systems from carrying its signal or grant the cable system
consent to retransmit the broadcast signal for a fee or other
consideration. Our television stations have generally elected
the must carry alternative. Our elections of
retransmission or must carry status will continue
until the next election period, which commences on
January 1, 2006.
In a recently concluded rulemaking proceeding, the FCC
determined that cable television systems are not required to
carry both the analog and digital television signals of local
television stations. In an initial order in the proceeding, the
FCC concluded that broadcasters would not be entitled to
mandatory carriage of both their analog and digital signals, and
that a cable television system is required to carry a digital
signal only if the broadcaster first surrenders the analog
signal. Broadcasters with multiple digital video programming
streams are required to designate a single, primary video stream
eligible for mandatory carriage. Alternatively, television
licensees may negotiate with cable television systems for
carriage of their digital signal in addition to their analog
signal under retransmission consent.
Under retransmission consent agreements, some of our television
stations are also carried as distant signals on cable systems
that are located outside of those stations markets. Cable
systems generally must remit a compulsory license royalty fee to
the United States Copyright Office to carry television stations
in distant markets. We have filed a request with the Copyright
Office to change our stations status under the compulsory
license from independent to network
signals. If the Copyright Office grants our request, certain
cable systems may transmit our stations at reduced royalty
rates. We cannot determine when the Copyright Office will act on
this request, or whether we will receive a favorable ruling.
Satellite Carriage of Television Broadcast Signals. Under
the Satellite Home Viewer Improvement Act of 1999, which we
refer to as SHVIA, a satellite carrier must obtain
retransmission consent before carrying a television station, and
a satellite carrier delivering the signal of any local
television station is required to carry all television stations
licensed to the carried stations DMA. SHVIA was recently
extended for five years until the end of 2009. The FCC rules
implementing SHVIA are similar to the must-carry and
retransmission consent rules that apply to cable television
systems. Our PAX TV signal currently is carried on satellite
systems under agreements we negotiated with the satellite
television providers, which allow the satellite provider to sell
and retain the advertising revenues from a portion of the
non-network advertising time during PAX TV programming hours and
which require the carriage of some of our television stations in
certain circumstances.
Digital Television Service. The FCC has adopted rules for
the implementation of digital television, or DTV, service, a
technology which is intended to improve the quality of
television broadcast signals. The FCC allotted a second channel
for DTV operations to each broadcaster who held a license or a
construction permit for a full service television station on
April 3, 1997. Each such licensee and permittee must return
one of its two channels at the end of the DTV transition period
currently scheduled to end on December 31, 2006 or when 85%
of the service areas of the stations in a DMA as determined by
Nielsen can receive digital signals. The transition period could
be extended in certain areas depending generally on the level of
DTV market
22
penetration or if the FCC or Congress changes the schedule.
Except for certain stations operating analog facilities in the
700 MHz spectrum band that have been allotted a digital
channel in the 700 MHz spectrum band, the FCC has
established a schedule by which broadcasters must begin DTV
service absent extenuating circumstances that may affect
individual stations.
Under the FCCs digital television transition rules a
station will be in compliance with its build-out requirement,
without constructing the full authorized facilities, so long as,
by May 1, 2002, it constructed digital facilities capable
of serving its community of license with a signal of requisite
strength. The dates by which digital facilities replicating a
stations analog service area must be constructed have been
set by the FCC as July 1, 2005 and July 1, 2006
depending on market size and network affiliation. The FCC has
authorized analog stations operating in the 700 MHz
spectrum band that have entered into voluntary agreements with
future users of the 700 MHz spectrum resulting in the
surrender of the analog 700 MHz channel to continue
broadcasting their analog signal on the channel assigned for
digital service and to delay the institution of digital service
until December 31, 2005, or later than December 31,
2005 if it can be demonstrated that less than 70% of the
television households in the stations market are capable
of receiving digital broadcast signals. Broadcasters given a
digital channel allocation within the 700 MHz band may
forego the use of that channel for digital service until
December 31, 2005, or later than December 31, 2005, if
it can be demonstrated that less than 70% of the television
households in the stations market are capable of receiving
digital broadcast signals. Broadcasters left with a
single-channel allotment as a result of clearing the
700 MHz spectrum band will retain the interference
protection associated with their digital television channel
allotment for a period of 31 months after beginning to
transmit in digital.
The FCC has adopted rules permitting DTV licensees to offer
ancillary or supplementary services on their DTV
channels, so long as such services are consistent with the
FCCs DTV standards, do not derogate required DTV services,
and are regulated in the same manner as similar non-DTV
services. The FCCs rules require that DTV licensees pay a
fee (based on revenues) for any subscription-based services that
are provided. The FCC has commenced a proceeding to consider
additional public interest obligations for television stations
as they transition to digital broadcast television operation.
The FCC is considering various proposals that would require DTV
stations to use digital technology to increase program
diversity, political discourse, access for disabled viewers and
emergency warnings and relief. If these proposals are adopted,
our stations may be required to increase their current level of
public interest programming, which generally does not generate
as much revenue from commercial advertisers.
Proposed Changes. Congress and the FCC have under
consideration, and may in the future adopt, new laws,
regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters
that could, directly or indirectly, affect the operation,
ownership and profitability of our company and our television
broadcast stations. We cannot predict what other matters may be
considered in the future, nor can we judge in advance what
effect, if any, the implementation of any of these proposals or
changes might have on our business.
Employees
As of December 31, 2004, we had 458 full-time
employees and 43 part-time employees. None of our employees
are represented by labor unions. We consider our relations with
our employees to be good.
Seasonality
Seasonal revenue fluctuations are common within the television
broadcasting industry and result primarily from fluctuations in
advertising expenditures. We believe that generally television
advertisers spend relatively more for long form paid programming
in the first and fourth calendar quarters of each year, spend
relatively less for long form paid programming in the second
calendar quarter and spend the least for long form paid
programming in the third calendar quarter. We believe that
generally television advertisers spend relatively more for spot
advertising in the second and fourth calendar quarters of each
year, spend relatively less for spot advertising during the
first calendar quarter and spend the least for spot advertising
in the third calendar quarter.
23
Trademarks and Service Marks
We have 36 registered trademarks and service marks (21 in the
United States, nine in Mexico and six in Europe) and pending
applications for registration of another eight trademarks and
service marks (five in the United States, two in Mexico and one
in Canada). We do not own any patents or have any pending patent
applications.
Available Information
Our internet website address is www.pax.tv. We make
available free of charge through our internet website our annual
report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q,
current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports
filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we
electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks and
Uncertainties
This Report contains forward-looking statements that
reflect our current views with respect to future events. All
statements in this Report other than those that are simply
statements of historical facts are generally forward-looking
statements. These statements are based on our current
assumptions and analysis, which we believe to be reasonable, but
are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual results to differ materially from our expectations. All
forward-looking statements in this Report are made only as of
the date of this Report, and we do not undertake to update these
forward-looking statements, even though circumstances may change
in the future.
Among the significant risks and uncertainties which could cause
actual results to differ from those anticipated in our
forward-looking statements or could otherwise adversely affect
our business or financial condition are those described below.
|
|
|
We have a high level of indebtedness and are subject to
restrictions imposed by the terms of our indebtedness and
preferred stock. |
We are highly leveraged. As of December 31, 2004 we had
total indebtedness of $1.0 billion, approximately
$365.4 million of which was senior secured indebtedness,
and redeemable preferred stock with an aggregate redemption
value of approximately $1.2 billion (approximately
$1.1 billion of which was exchangeable, under certain
circumstances, into senior subordinated indebtedness). We may
incur limited amounts of additional indebtedness to finance
capital expenditures and for certain other corporate purposes.
Our ability to incur indebtedness is subject to restrictions in
the terms of the indentures governing our senior secured notes
and our senior subordinated notes, as well as the terms of our
outstanding preferred stock. The level of our indebtedness and
redeemable preferred stock has important consequences to us,
including that our cash flow from operations must be dedicated
to debt service and will not be available for other purposes.
Many of our competitors currently operate on a less leveraged
basis and may have significantly greater operating and financing
flexibility than us. The indentures and the preferred stock
contain covenants that restrict, among other things, our ability
to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, make investments,
pay dividends or make other restricted payments, consummate
asset sales, consolidate with any other person or sell, assign,
transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of our assets. Currently, these covenants
prevent us from incurring additional indebtedness other than
limited amounts of certain types of permitted indebtedness
(e.g., purchase money indebtedness), although certain
refinancings of existing debt are permitted. These restrictions
could limit our ability to obtain future financing, make
acquisitions or needed capital expenditures, withstand a future
downturn in our business or the economy in general, conduct
operations or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities
that may arise. If we were unable to service our indebtedness or
satisfy our dividend or redemption obligations with respect to
our outstanding preferred stock, we would be forced to adopt an
alternative strategy that may include actions such as reducing
or delaying capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring
or refinancing our indebtedness or seeking additional equity
capital. There is no assurance that any of these strategies
could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all.
24
|
|
|
We have a history of operating losses and negative cash
flow and we may not become profitable in the future. |
We have incurred losses from continuing operations in each
fiscal year since our inception. For the years ended
December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, our earnings were
insufficient to cover our combined fixed charges and preferred
stock dividend requirements by approximately
$220.7 million, $139.8 million and
$255.5 million, respectively. We expect to continue to
experience net losses in the foreseeable future, principally due
to interest charges on outstanding debt (and the debentures into
which our outstanding preferred stock can be exchanged, if
issued), dividends on outstanding preferred stock, and non-cash
charges for depreciation and amortization expense related to
fixed assets. Future net losses could be greater than those we
have experienced in the past.
Our cash flow from operations has been insufficient to cover our
operating expenses, debt service requirements and other cash
commitments in each of our last five fiscal years. We have
financed our operating cash requirements, as well as our capital
needs, during these periods with the proceeds of asset sales and
financing activities, including the issuance of preferred stock
and additional borrowings. Our senior secured floating rate
notes and our
103/4% senior
subordinated discount notes require us to make cash interest
payments on a current basis, and we are required to commence
making semi-annual cash interest payments of approximately
$30.4 million under our
121/4% senior
subordinated discount notes on July 15, 2006, and to make
such payments on each January 15 and July 15 thereafter until
these notes are repaid or refinanced. We may not be able to
generate sufficient operating cash flow in the future to pay our
debt service and preferred stock dividend requirements and may
not be able to obtain sufficient additional financing to meet
such requirements on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
We engaged Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. in 2002 and
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. in 2003 to act as our financial
advisors to assess our business plan, capital structure and
future capital needs, and to explore strategic alternatives for
our company. We terminated these engagements in March 2005 as no
viable strategic transactions had been developed on terms that
we believed would be in the best interests of all of our
stockholders. While we continue to consider strategic
alternatives that may arise, which may include the sale of all
or part of our assets, finding a strategic partner for our
company who would provide the financial resources to enable us
to redeem, restructure or refinance our debt and preferred
stock, or finding a third party to acquire our company through a
merger or other business combination or through a purchase of
our equity securities, our principal efforts are focused on
improving our core business operations and increasing our cash
flow. See Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks
and Uncertainties Our ability to pursue strategic
alternatives is subject to limitations and factors beyond our
control.
|
|
|
PAX TV may not be successful as a broadcast television
network. |
We launched our PAX TV entertainment programming on
August 31, 1998, and are now in our seventh network
broadcasting season. Our own experiences, as well as the
experiences of other new broadcast television networks during
the past decade, indicate that it requires a substantial period
of time and the commitment of significant financial, managerial
and other resources to gain market acceptance of a new
television network by viewing audiences and advertisers to a
sufficient degree that the new network can attain profitability.
Although we believe that our approach is unique among broadcast
television networks, in that we own and operate stations
reaching most of the television households that can receive PAX
TV, our business model is unproven and to date has not been
successful. PAX TV may not gain sufficient market acceptance to
be profitable or otherwise be successful.
|
|
|
If the rates at which we are able to sell long form paid
programming were to decline or the audience ratings of our
entertainment programming were to continue to decline, our
advertising revenue could decrease. |
Advertising revenues constitute substantially all of our
operating revenues. Our ability to generate advertising revenues
depends upon our ability to sell our inventory of air time for
long form paid programming at acceptable rates and, with respect
to entertainment programming, to provide programming which
attracts
25
sufficient numbers of viewers in desirable demographic groups to
generate audience ratings that advertisers will find attractive.
Long form paid programming rates are dependent upon a number of
factors, including our available inventory of air time, the
viewing publics interest in the products and services
being marketed through long form paid programming, and economic
conditions generally. Our revenues from the sale of air time for
long form paid programming may decline. Our entertainment
programming has not attracted sufficient targeted viewership or
achieved sufficiently favorable ratings to enable us to generate
enough advertising revenues to be profitable. Our ratings
declined following the increase in the amount of long form paid
programming on PAX TV in January 2003 and generally have not
improved over the past year, despite our new original
programming initiative launched in consultation with NBC during
the second half of 2004. Our ratings may continue to decline,
which would adversely affect that portion of our advertising
revenues derived from the sale of commercial spots during our
entertainment programming. We incur production, talent and other
ancillary costs to produce original entertainment programs. Our
original entertainment programming may not generate advertising
revenues in excess of our programming and other costs.
|
|
|
We may lose a portion of our television distribution
platform. |
In March 2005, we notified all of our PAX TV network affiliates
that we were exercising our right to terminate our affiliation
agreements with them, effective June 30, 2005. We will seek
to replace the distribution lost by the termination of these
agreements (consisting of approximately 6% of
U.S. primetime television households) through the
negotiation of new, more flexible affiliation agreements and
carriage agreements with cable systems in the affected markets,
as and if such agreements can be concluded on cost efficient
terms. Our revenues may be reduced if we are unable to replace
the lost distribution. A number of our carriage agreements with
cable systems in markets where we do not own a television
station place restrictions on the type of programming that we
may broadcast on the local cable system. Should our programming
be inconsistent with these restrictions, the cable systems may
have the right to require us to distribute additional
entertainment programming over these systems or the right to
terminate their carriage agreements with us. Our financial
results could be adversely affected if we were required to
provide alternative programming to these cable systems or if we
were to lose a portion of our distribution through the
termination of these agreements.
|
|
|
The results of operations of our stations which operated
under joint sales agreements could be adversely affected by the
termination of the JSAs. |
The performance of our stations operating under JSAs depends to
a substantial degree on the performance of our JSA partners,
over which we have no control. We have entered into JSAs with
respect to 45 of our television stations. Each JSA typically
provides for our JSA partner to serve as our exclusive sales
representative to sell our local station advertising and in 22
of our stations we have integrated and co-located our station
operations with those of our JSA partners. In March 2005, we
notified all of our JSA partners other than NBC that we were
exercising our right to terminate the JSAs, effective
June 30, 2005, and we began discussions with NBC as to the
termination of each of the JSAs with NBC (covering 14 of our
stations in 12 markets). Although we took this action in
order to improve our operating results, we may incur significant
costs to resume operating the stations ourselves, including the
expense of re-establishing office and studio facilities separate
from those of the JSA partners, or transferring performance of
these functions to another broadcast television station
operator. Our network and station revenues could also be
adversely affected by the disruption of our advertising sales
efforts that could result from the unwinding of the JSAs. The
unwinding or termination of some or all of our JSAs could
adversely affect the results of operations of our stations and
could have a materially adverse effect upon us. In addition, we
may incur significant costs in order to effectuate a termination
of our JSAs with NBC.
|
|
|
Our network and national advertising sales could be
adversely affected by the termination of our network and
national sales agency agreements with NBC. |
We have significant operating relationships with NBC which have
been developed since NBCs investment in us in September
1999. NBC serves as our exclusive sales representative to sell
most of our PAX
26
TV network advertising and is the exclusive national sales
representative for most of our stations. In March 2005, we
notified NBC that we were removing, effective June 30,
2005, all of our stations from our national sales agency
agreement with NBC, and we began discussions with NBC as to the
termination of our network sales agency agreement with NBC.
Although we took these actions in order to improve our operating
results, we may incur significant costs to resume performing the
advertising sales and other operating functions currently
performed by NBC. Our network revenues could be adversely
affected by the disruption of our advertising sales efforts that
could result from the termination of our network sales agency
agreement with NBC. The unwinding or termination of our network
and national sales agency agreements with NBC could have a
materially adverse effect upon us.
|
|
|
If advertisers have to pay higher residual payments to the
members of the actors guilds that they use in spot
advertisements on our network, advertisers may reduce or
discontinue their advertising on our network. |
Approximately 21.0% of our 2003 net revenues and 20.7% of
our 2004 revenues were derived from network commercial spot
advertisements aired on PAX TV. We believe substantially all of
our network spot advertisements were produced by advertisers or
their advertising agencies using performers who are members of
the Screen Actors Guild and the American Federation of
Television and Radio Artists. When commercials are aired on
broadcast and cable television networks, the performers are
entitled to residual payments from the advertisers, which are
determined under collective bargaining agreements between the
guilds and the advertising community. Under the current guild
agreements, the residual payments required to be paid by
advertisers in connection with advertisements aired on cable
networks are substantially lower than the residuals required to
be paid in connection with advertising aired on broadcast
networks. To date, we believe that a substantial portion of the
network spot advertising time on PAX TV was purchased by
advertisers under the assumption that the residual payment
obligations incurred in connection with airing these spots were
to be calculated under the rates applicable to cable networks,
not those applicable to other broadcast networks. The current
guild agreements include provisions establishing residual rates
that are applicable to network advertisements aired on PAX TV
and that are substantially lower than the rates applicable to
broadcast networks but still higher, in most circumstances, than
the rates applicable to cable networks. As a result of this
development, some advertisers have informed us that our network
advertising spots are no longer as attractive as those of cable
networks because of the relatively higher residual payments
applicable to PAX TV. Because of these higher residual payments,
some advertisers may be unwilling to purchase advertising time
on PAX TV unless we lower our rates or otherwise provide
financial compensation to them. We are unable to predict the
magnitude of the effect of this development on our network spot
advertising revenues.
|
|
|
We may be required to purchase our outstanding debt and
preferred stock if we experience a change of control. |
In the event of a change of control (as defined in
the indentures governing our outstanding senior secured notes
and senior subordinated notes), we will be required to offer to
purchase all of the outstanding notes at a price equal to 101%
(or 100% in the case of the senior secured notes, with respect
to any change of control occurring on or after January 15,
2006) of the principal amount or accreted value, as the case may
be, thereof. In the event of a change of control (as
defined with respect to our outstanding preferred stock), we
will be required to offer to purchase all of the shares of these
preferred stocks then outstanding at 101% (100% for the
Series A preferred stock) of the then effective liquidation
preference thereof, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends.
Generally, under these instruments a change of control will be
deemed to have occurred if any person, other than
Mr. Paxson and his affiliates or, with respect to the
senior secured notes and senior subordinated notes, NBC and its
affiliates, acquires control of a majority of the voting power
of our outstanding capital stock or acquires more than one-third
of the outstanding voting power and possesses voting power in
excess of that possessed by Mr. Paxson and his affiliates
(or, with respect to the senior secured notes and senior
subordinated notes, NBC and its affiliates), or there is a
merger and we are not the surviving corporation and our
stockholders do not own at least a majority of the outstanding
common stock of the surviving corporation. Our repurchase of our
outstanding senior subordinated notes or the redemption of any
of our preferred stock upon a change of control could also cause
a default under the senior secured notes
27
indenture. We can provide no assurance that in the event of a
change of control, we will have access to sufficient funds or
will be contractually permitted under the terms of our
outstanding debt to repay our outstanding senior secured notes
and senior subordinated notes or pay the required purchase price
for any shares of preferred stock tendered by holders. Were this
to occur, we could be required to seek third party financing to
the extent we did not have sufficient available funds to meet
our purchase obligations, and we can provide no assurance that
we would be able to obtain this financing on favorable terms or
at all.
|
|
|
NBCs exercise of its rights to exert significant
influence upon our operations could adversely affect our
business. |
As a result of our agreements with NBC, NBC is in a position to
exert significant influence over our management and policies and
to prevent us from taking actions which our management may
otherwise desire to take. NBC may have interests that differ
from those of our other stockholders and debtholders. We must
obtain NBCs consent for:
|
|
|
|
|
approval of annual budgets; |
|
|
|
expenditures materially in excess of budgeted amounts; |
|
|
|
material acquisitions of programming; |
|
|
|
material amendments to our certificate of incorporation or
bylaws; |
|
|
|
material asset sales or purchases, including sales of our
television stations which are located in the top 20 DMAs; |
|
|
|
business combinations where we would not be the surviving
corporation or as a result of which we would experience a change
of control; |
|
|
|
issuances or sales of any capital stock, with some exceptions; |
|
|
|
stock splits or recombinations; |
|
|
|
any increase in the size of our board of directors other than an
increase resulting from provisions of our outstanding preferred
stock of up to two additional directors; and |
|
|
|
joint sales, joint services, time brokerage, local marketing or
similar agreements as a result of which our stations with
national household coverage of 20% or more would be subject to
those agreements. |
|
|
|
We have not redeemed our securities held by NBC that NBC
has demanded that we redeem and this could have adverse
consequences for us. |
On November 13, 2003, NBC exercised its right to demand
that we redeem, or arrange for a third party to acquire, all of
the shares of our Series B preferred stock held by NBC, at
a price equal to the aggregate liquidation preference thereof
plus accrued and unpaid dividends, which as of December 31,
2004, totaled $600.7 million. Because we did not effect a
redemption within one year after November 13, 2003, NBC is
now permitted to transfer, without restriction, any of our
securities acquired by it, its right to acquire
Mr. Paxsons Class B common stock, its
contractual rights with respect to our business, and its other
rights under the related transaction agreements. As a result, we
are unable to prevent NBC from transferring its interest in our
company to a third party selected by NBC in its discretion,
which could have a material adverse effect upon us.
We are involved in litigation with NBC regarding NBCs
demand for redemption. NBC has asserted that we continue to be
required to redeem all of the shares of our Series B
preferred stock held by NBC. If a court were to grant a judgment
against us requiring us to pay the redemption amount, it would
have a material adverse effect upon us. Our ability to effect
any redemption is restricted by the terms of our outstanding
debt and preferred stock. Further, we do not currently have
sufficient funds to pay the redemption price for these
securities. If we were unable to satisfy any such judgment, we
would be in default under the indentures governing our senior
secured notes and senior subordinated notes. In order to comply
with NBCs redemption
28
demand, we would need to repay, refinance or otherwise
restructure the majority of our outstanding indebtedness and
preferred stock and raise sufficient liquidity to enable us to
pay the required redemption price. Alternatively, we would need
to find a third party willing to purchase those securities at
the required redemption price. We believe it is unlikely that we
would be able to accomplish any of these actions.
|
|
|
The adjustment to the dividend rate on our Series B
preferred stock could have adverse consequences for our
business. |
On September 15, 2004, the rate at which dividends accrue
on our Series B preferred stock, all of which is held by
NBC, was adjusted to an annual rate of 16.2% from the initial
annual rate of 8%. The rate was adjusted pursuant to the terms
governing the Series B preferred stock. We retained CIBC
World Markets Corp., a nationally recognized independent
investment banking firm, in connection with the rate adjustment
process. We are involved in litigation with NBC regarding the
rate adjustment. NBC has asserted that CIBC does not constitute
an independent investment banking firm, and that the
dividend rate adjustment was not performed in the manner
required by the terms of the Series B preferred stock. As
described in greater detail above under Forward-Looking
Statements and Associated Risks and Uncertainties We
have a high level of indebtedness and are subject to
restrictions imposed by the terms of our indebtedness and
preferred stock, the increase in the dividend rate on our
Series B preferred stock to 16.2% and any further increase
resulting from the NBC litigation could have material adverse
consequences for us. We are unable to predict whether we will be
successful in the litigation with NBC and whether or to what
degree the dividend rate on our Series B preferred stock
may be increased further.
|
|
|
Our ability to pursue strategic alternatives is subject to
limitations and factors beyond our control. |
Our ability to pursue strategic alternatives to address the
challenges facing our company, such as the sale of all or part
of our assets, finding a strategic partner for our company who
would provide the financial resources to enable us to redeem,
restructure or refinance our debt and preferred stock, or
finding a third party to acquire our company through a merger or
other business combination or acquisition of our equity
securities, is subject to various limitations and issues which
we may be unable to control. A strategic transaction will, in
most circumstances, require that we seek the consent of, or
refinance, redeem or repay, NBC and the other holders of our
preferred stock, as well as the holders of our senior and
subordinated debt. FCC regulations may limit the type of
strategic alternatives we may pursue and the parties with whom
we may pursue strategic alternatives. In addition, our ability
to pursue a strategic alternative will be dependent upon the
attractiveness of our assets and business plan to potential
transaction parties. Among other things, potential transaction
parties may find unattractive our capital structure and high
level of indebtedness, our carriage of the PAX TV programming
and the overnight programming provided by The Christian Network,
Inc., and certain of our television stations serving major
television markets. Our relatively low tax basis in our
television station assets (resulting in part from the
Section 1031 like kind exchange discussed below) is a
significant factor to be considered in structuring any potential
transactions involving sales of a material portion of our
television station assets, and may make certain types of
transactions less attractive or not viable. Potential
transaction parties may believe our stations and other assets to
be less valuable than as shown in prior appraisals we have
obtained. We may be prevented from consummating a strategic
transaction due to any of these and other factors, or we may
incur significant costs to terminate obligations and commitments
with respect to, or receive less consideration in a strategic
transaction as a result of, these and other factors. We have not
been successful to date in our efforts to find or effectuate
strategic alternatives for our company, and we may not be
successful in doing so in the future.
|
|
|
We could be subject to a material tax liability if the IRS
successfully challenges our position regarding the 1997
disposition of our radio division. |
We structured the disposition of our radio division in 1997 and
our acquisition of television stations during the period
following this disposition in a manner that we believed would
qualify these transactions as a like kind exchange
under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code and would
permit us to defer recognizing for income tax purposes up to
approximately $333 million of gain. The IRS has examined
our 1997 tax return
29
and has issued us a 30-day letter proposing to
disallow all of our gain deferral. We have filed our protest to
this determination with the IRS appeals division, but we cannot
predict the outcome of this matter at this time, and we may not
prevail. In addition, the 30-day letter offered an
alternative position that, in the event the IRS is unsuccessful
in disallowing all of the gain deferral, approximately
$62 million of the $333 million gain deferral will be
disallowed. We have filed a protest to this alternative
determination as well. We may not prevail with respect to this
alternative determination. Should the IRS successfully challenge
our position and disallow all or part of our gain deferral,
because we had net operating losses in the years subsequent to
1997 in excess of the amount of the deferred gain, we would not
be liable for any tax deficiency, but could be liable for state
income taxes. We have estimated the amount of state income tax
for which we could be liable as of December 31, 2004 to be
approximately $8.0 million should the IRS succeed in
disallowing the entire deferred gain. In addition, we could be
liable for interest on the tax liability for the period prior to
the carryback of our net operating losses and for interest on
any state income taxes that may be due. We have estimated the
amount of federal interest and state interest, as of
December 31, 2004, to be approximately $18.0 million
and $4.0 million, respectively, should the IRS succeed in
disallowing the entire deferred gain. The use of our net
operating losses to offset any disallowed deferred gain would
result in a benefit from income taxes. This matter is currently
with the Appeals Office of the Internal Revenue Service.
|
|
|
We could be adversely affected by actions of the FCC, the
Congress and the courts that could alter broadcast television
ownership rules in a way that would materially affect our
present operations or future business alternatives. |
On June 2, 2003, the FCC adopted new rules governing, among
other things, national and local ownership of television
broadcast stations and cross-ownership of television broadcast
stations with radio broadcast stations and newspapers serving
the same market. The new rules would change the regulatory
framework within which television broadcasters hold, acquire and
transfer broadcast stations. Numerous parties asked the FCC to
reconsider portions of its decision and other parties sought
judicial review. In September 2003, the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the Third Circuit issued an order staying the
effectiveness of the new media ownership rules pending its
review of the FCCs action. In June 2004, the Third Circuit
remanded the proceeding to the FCC with instructions to the FCC
to better justify or modify its approach to setting numerical
limits. The stay remains in effect pending further review by the
Third Circuit of the FCCs further actions on remand.
Several parties have filed petitions for review by the Supreme
Court which are currently pending.
Among other things, the FCCs new rules would have
increased the percentage of the nations television
households that may be served by television broadcast stations
in which the same person or entity has an attributable interest
from 35% to 45% of national television households. The
Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2004 directed the FCC to
increase this percentage to 39% of national television
households and allows an entity that acquires licensees serving
in excess of 39% two years to come into compliance with the new
cap. This act also provides that the FCC shall conduct a
quadrennial, rather than biennial, review of its ownership
rules. The new rules also relax FCC restrictions on local
television ownership and on cross-ownership of television
stations with radio stations or newspapers in the same market.
In general, these new rules would reduce the regulatory barriers
to the acquisition of an interest in our television stations by
various industry participants who already own television
stations, radio stations, or newspapers.
In assessing compliance with the national ownership caps, the
FCC counts each UHF station as serving only half of the
television households in its market. This UHF
Discount is intended to take into account that UHF
stations historically have provided less effective coverage of
their markets than VHF stations. All of our television stations
are UHF stations and, without the UHF Discount, we would not
meet the recently enacted 39% ownership cap. In its June 2,
2003 decision, the FCC concluded that the future transition to
digital television may eliminate the need for a UHF Discount.
For that reason, the FCC provided that the UHF Discount will
sunset, or expire, for the top four broadcast
networks (ABC, NBC, CBS and Fox) on a market-by-market basis as
the digital transition is completed, unless otherwise extended
by the FCC. The FCC also announced, however, that it will
examine in a future review whether to include in this sunset
provision the UHF television stations owned by other networks
and group owners, which would include our
30
television stations. The Third Circuit stated that, barring
legislative action, the FCC may decide the scope of its
authority to modify or eliminate the UHF Discount outside of the
Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2004 limitation. The Third
Circuit opinion referred to above also held that the
Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2004 mooted any argument on
whether the FCC could maintain the UHF Discount.
Since the FCCs adoption of the new rules, in addition to
the legislation enacting the 39% cap, separate legislation was
introduced in the last Congress to prohibit the application of
the UHF Discount to UHF stations sold after June 2, 2003,
to sunset the UHF Discount in 2008 for all UHF stations, to
prohibit the cross ownership of newspapers and television
stations in the same market and to nullify in their entirety the
rule changes adopted by the FCC. We cannot predict whether any
pending legislation ultimately will be adopted or whether any
petitions for reconsideration or further judicial review of the
FCCs decision of June 2, 2003 will result in
significant changes to the ownership rules. A further rollback
of the nationwide television ownership cap, the prohibition of
newspaper and television cross ownership by Congress, any
further limitation on the ability of a party to own two
television stations without regard to signal contour overlap if
each station is located in a separate designated market area, or
action by the FCC or Congress affecting the availability of the
UHF Discount, may adversely affect the opportunities we might
have for sale of our television broadcast stations to those
television group owners and major television broadcast networks
that otherwise would be the most likely purchasers.
In August 2004, the FCC commenced a rulemaking proceeding to
consider whether to treat a television licensees joint
sales agreement, or JSA, to sell the advertising time of another
television station in the same market as the equivalent of
ownership of that station for purposes of the FCCs local
television ownership rules. We have entered into JSAs for 45 of
our television stations, 41 of which are with NBC owned or
affiliated stations in our markets. The FCC may adopt rules
affecting these arrangements that could adversely affect our
current station operations under existing JSAs. We cannot
predict what rules the FCC will adopt or what effect any new
rules are likely to have. In March 2005, we notified all of our
JSA partners other than NBC that we were exercising our right to
terminate the JSAs, effective June 30, 2005.
|
|
|
We are required by the FCC to abandon the analog broadcast
service of 23 of our full power stations occupying the
700 MHz spectrum and may suffer adverse consequences if we
are unable to secure alternative distribution on reasonable
terms. |
We hold FCC licenses for full power stations which are
authorized to broadcast over either an analog or digital signal
on channels 52-69 (the 700 MHz band), a portion
of the broadcast spectrum that is currently allocated to
television broadcasting by the FCC. As part of the nationwide
transition from analog to digital broadcasting, the 700 MHz
band is in the process of being transitioned to use by new
wireless and public safety entities. A federal statute requires
that, after December 31, 2006, or the date on which 85% of
television households in a television market are capable of
receiving digital services, incumbent broadcasters must
surrender analog signals and broadcast only on their allotted
digital frequency. Several members of Congress have advocated
establishing December 31, 2006 as a firm date for the
surrender of the analog spectrum without regard to whether the
85% capability threshold has been reached. The FCC is
considering a proposal to extend the date for the surrender of
the analog signals to December 31, 2008. In some cases,
broadcasters, including our company, have been given a digital
channel allocation within the 700 MHz band of spectrum.
During this transition these new wireless and public safety
entities are permitted to operate in the 700 MHz band
provided they do not interfere with incumbent or allotted analog
and digital television operations. In January 2003 the FCC
commenced rulemaking proceedings in which it is considering
aspects of the implementation of this 2006 statutory deadline
for completion of the digital transition. Issues such as
interference protection, rights of incumbent broadcasters and
broadcasters ability to modify authorized facilities are
being addressed in these proceedings. These proceedings remain
pending. We cannot predict when we will abandon, by private
agreement, or as required by law, the broadcast service of our
stations occupying the 700 MHz spectrum. We could suffer
adverse consequences if we are unable to secure alternative
simultaneous distribution of both the analog and digital signals
of those stations on reasonable terms and conditions. We cannot
now predict the impact, if any, on our business of the
abandonment of our broadcast television service in the
700 MHz spectrum.
31
|
|
|
Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control
over financial reporting in accordance with rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could result in a
loss of investor confidence in our financial reports, which
could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business and
stock price. |
Under rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC,
promulgated under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, beginning with this Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ending December 31, 2004, we are required
to furnish a report by our management on our internal control
over financial reporting. Our report must contain, among other
matters, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004,
including a statement as to whether or not our internal control
over financial reporting is effective. In the course of our
assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, we identified
a material weakness in our internal control over financial
reporting. This material weakness is described in Item 9A,
Controls and Procedures, of this report. Although we believe
that we have remediated this material weakness, we cannot assure
you that this remediation has been successful or that additional
deficiencies or weaknesses in our controls and procedures will
not be identified. The material weakness already identified, as
well as any other weaknesses or deficiencies, could harm our
business and operating results, and could result in adverse
publicity and a loss in investor confidence in the accuracy and
completeness of our financial reports, which in turn could have
a material adverse effect on our stock price, and, if such
weaknesses are not properly remediated, could adversely affect
our ability to report our financial results on a timely and
accurate basis.
Further, our internal control report must contain a statement
that our auditors have issued an attestation report on
managements assessment of our internal control. If our
independent auditors are unable to attest that our
managements report is fairly stated or are unable to
express an opinion on our managements evaluation of the
effectiveness of our internal control, investor confidence in
the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports could be
adversely affected, which in turn could have a material adverse
effect on our stock price.
|
|
|
We cannot assure you that we will successfully exploit our
broadcast station groups digital television
platform. |
We have completed construction of digital broadcasting
facilities at 49 of our 60 owned and operated stations and are
exploring the most effective use of digital broadcast technology
for each of such stations. We cannot assure you, however, that
we will derive commercial benefits from the exploitation of our
digital broadcasting capacity. Although we believe that proposed
alternative and supplemental uses of our analog and digital
spectrum will continue to grow in number, the viability and
success of each proposed alternative or supplemental use of
spectrum involves a number of contingencies and uncertainties.
We cannot predict what future actions the FCC or Congress may
take with respect to regulatory control of these activities or
what effect these actions would have on us.
|
|
|
We are dependent upon our senior management team and key
personnel and the loss of any of them could materially and
adversely affect us. |
Our business depends upon the efforts, abilities and expertise
of our executive officers and other key employees, including
Mr. Paxson, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to retain the services of
any of our key executives. If any of these executive officers
were to leave our employment, our operating results could be
adversely affected.
|
|
|
We operate in a very competitive business
environment. |
We compete for audience share and advertising revenues with
other providers of television programming. Our PAX TV
entertainment programming competes for audience share and
advertising revenues with the programming offered by other
broadcast and cable networks, and also competes for audience
share and advertising revenues in our stations respective
market areas with the programming offered by non-network
affiliated television stations. Our ability to compete
successfully for audience share and advertising revenues
32
depends upon the popularity of our entertainment programming
with viewing audiences in demographic groups that advertisers
desire to reach. Our ability to provide popular programming
depends upon many factors, including our ability to correctly
gauge audience tastes and accurately predict which programs will
appeal to viewing audiences, to produce original programs and
purchase the right to air syndicated programs at costs which are
not excessive in relation to the advertising revenue generated
by the programming, and to fund marketing and promotion of our
programming to generate sufficient viewer interest. Many of our
competitors have greater financial and operational resources
than we do which may enable them to compete more effectively for
audience share and advertising revenues. All of the existing
television broadcast networks and many of the cable networks
have been operating for a longer period than we have been
operating PAX TV, and therefore have more experience in network
television operations than we have which may enable them to
compete more effectively.
Our television stations also compete for audience share with
other forms of entertainment programming, including home
entertainment systems and direct broadcast satellite video
distribution services which transmit programming directly to
homes equipped with special receiving antennas and tuners.
Further advances in technology may increase competition for
household audiences. Our stations also compete for advertising
revenues with other television stations in their respective
markets, as well as with other advertising media, such as
newspapers, radio stations, magazines, outdoor advertising,
transit advertising, yellow page directories, direct mail and
local cable systems. We cannot assure you that our stations will
be able to compete successfully for audience share or that we
will be able to obtain or maintain significant advertising
revenue.
The television broadcasting industry faces continual
technological change and innovation, the possible rise in
popularity of competing entertainment and communications media,
and governmental restrictions or actions of federal regulatory
bodies, including the FCC and the Federal Trade Commission, any
of which could have a material effect on our operations.
|
|
|
We may be adversely affected by changes in the television
broadcasting industry or a general deterioration in economic
conditions. |
The financial performance of our television stations is subject
to various factors that influence the television broadcasting
industry as a whole, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the condition of the U.S. economy; |
|
|
|
changes in audience tastes; |
|
|
|
changes in priorities of advertisers; |
|
|
|
new laws and governmental regulations and policies; |
|
|
|
changes in broadcast technical requirements; |
|
|
|
technological changes; |
|
|
|
proposals to eliminate the tax deductibility of expenses
incurred by advertisers; |
|
|
|
changes in the law governing advertising by candidates for
political office; and |
|
|
|
changes in the willingness of financial institutions and other
lenders to finance television station acquisitions and
operations. |
We cannot predict which, if any, of these or other factors might
have a significant effect on the television broadcasting
industry in the future, nor can we predict what effect, if any,
the occurrence of these or other events might have on our
operations. Generally, advertising expenditures tend to decline
during economic recession or downturn. Consequently, our
revenues are likely to be adversely affected by a recession or
downturn in the U.S. economy or other events or
circumstances that adversely affect advertising activity. Our
operating results in individual geographic markets also could be
adversely affected by local regional economic downturns.
Seasonal revenue fluctuations are common in the television
broadcasting industry and result primarily from fluctuations in
advertising expenditures by local retailers.
33
|
|
|
Our business is subject to extensive and changing
regulation that could increase our costs, expose us to greater
competition, or otherwise adversely affect the ownership and
operation of our stations or our business strategies. |
Our television operations are subject to significant regulation
by the FCC under the Communications Act of 1934. A television
station may not operate without the authorization of the FCC.
Approval of the FCC is required for the issuance, renewal and
transfer of station operating licenses. In particular, our
business depends upon our ability to continue to hold television
broadcasting licenses from the FCC, which generally have a term
of eight years. Our station licenses are subject to renewal at
various times between 2004 and 2007. Third parties may challenge
our license renewal applications. Although we have no reason to
believe that our licenses will not be renewed in the ordinary
course, we cannot assure you that our licenses or the licenses
owned by the owner-operators of the stations with which we have
JSAs will be renewed. The non-renewal or revocation of one or
more of our primary FCC licenses could have a material adverse
effect on our operations.
The Communications Act of 1934 empowers the FCC to regulate
other aspects of our business, in addition to imposing licensing
requirements. For example, the FCC has the authority to:
|
|
|
|
|
determine the frequencies, location and power of our broadcast
stations, |
|
|
|
regulate the equipment used by our stations, |
|
|
|
adopt and implement regulations and policies concerning the
ownership and operation of our television stations, and |
|
|
|
impose penalties on us for violations of the Communications Act
of 1934 or FCC regulations. |
Our failure to observe FCC or other rules and policies can
result in the imposition of various sanctions, including
monetary forfeitures or the revocation of a license.
Congress and the FCC currently have under consideration, and may
in the future adopt, new laws, regulations, and policies
regarding a wide variety of matters that could, directly or
indirectly, affect the operation and ownership of our broadcast
properties. Relaxation and proposed relaxation of existing cable
ownership rules and broadcast multiple ownership and
cross-ownership rules and policies by the FCC and other changes
in the FCCs rules following passage of the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 have affected and may continue to
affect the competitive landscape in ways that could increase the
competition we face, including competition from larger media,
entertainment and telecommunications companies, which may have
greater access to capital and resources. We are unable to
predict the effect that any such laws, regulations or policies
may have on our operations.
|
|
|
We believe that the success of our television operations
depends to a significant extent upon access to households served
by cable television systems. If the law requiring cable system
operators to carry our signal were to change, we might lose
access to cable television households, which could adversely
affect our operations. |
Under the 1992 Cable Act, each broadcast station is required to
elect, every three years, to either require cable television
system operators in their local market to carry their signals,
which we refer to as must carry rights, or to
prohibit cable carriage or condition it upon payment of a fee or
other consideration. By electing the must carry
rights, a broadcaster can demand carriage on a specified channel
on cable systems within its market. These must carry
rights are not absolute, and under some circumstances, a cable
system may decline to carry a given station. Our television
stations elected must carry on local cable systems
for the three year election period which commenced
January 1, 2003. The required election date for the next
three year election period commencing January 1, 2006, will
be October 1, 2005. If the law were changed to eliminate or
materially alter must carry rights, our business
could be adversely affected.
The FCC has adopted rules to govern the obligations of cable
television systems to carry local television stations during and
following the transition from analog to digital television
broadcasting. The FCC concluded that a television broadcast
station would not be entitled to mandatory carriage of both the
stations analog signal and its digital signal, and would
not be entitled to mandatory carriage of its digital signal
unless it first
34
gives up its analog signal. Furthermore, the FCC concluded that
a broadcaster with multiple digital programming streams will be
required to designate the primary video stream eligible for
mandatory carriage. Broadcasters operating with both analog and
digital signals nevertheless could negotiate with cable
television systems for carriage of their digital signal. We
cannot predict what effect those rules will have on our business.
|
|
|
We cannot assure you that we would actually be able to
realize, in any sale, liquidation, merger or other transaction
involving our assets, the estimated values of such assets set
forth in any appraisal. |
We have had appraisals of certain of our assets, including our
broadcast television stations, prepared by independent valuation
firms from time to time. Each appraisal was prepared in
accordance with certain procedures and methodologies set forth
therein. In general, appraisals represent the analysis and
opinion of each of the appraisers as of their respective dates,
subject to the assumptions and limitations set forth in the
appraisal. An appraisal may not be indicative of the present or
future values of our assets upon liquidation or resale. Although
appraisals are based upon a number of estimates and assumptions
that are considered reasonable by the appraiser issuing such
appraisal, these estimates and assumptions are subject to
significant business, economic, competitive and regulatory
uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our
control or the ability of the appraisers to accurately assess
and estimate, and are based upon assumptions with respect to
future business decisions and conditions which are subject to
change. The opinions of value set forth in any appraisal and the
actual values of the assets appraised therein will vary, and
those variations may be material. We cannot assure you that we
would actually be able to realize, in any sale, liquidation,
merger or other transaction involving our assets, the estimated
values of such assets set forth in any appraisal.
|
|
|
The occurrence of extraordinary events may substantially
decrease the use of and demand for advertising and may decrease
our revenues. |
Because our programming consists principally of entertainment
programming and long form paid programming which markets and
sells products and services, the occurrences of extraordinary
events which generally divert attention from entertainment
programming in favor of news based programming or which
negatively affect the United States economy generally and reduce
the demand for the products and services marketed through long
form paid programming, may adversely affect the market for
television advertising and our revenues.
|
|
|
Our Class A common stock may be delisted from the
American Stock Exchange. |
Our Class A common stock is listed on the American Stock
Exchange, which we refer to as AMEX. If we were unable to
satisfy AMEXs maintenance criteria for the continued
listing of our Class A common stock, our Class A
common stock may be delisted from trading on AMEX. If our
Class A common stock were delisted from trading on AMEX,
then trading, if any, would thereafter be conducted in the
over-the-counter market in the so-called pink sheets
or on the Electronic Bulletin Board of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and
consequently an investor could find it more difficult to dispose
of, or to obtain accurate quotations as to the price of, our
Class A common stock.
Our corporate headquarters is located in West Palm Beach,
Florida. We have a satellite up-link facility through which we
supply our central programming feed, including PAX TV, to
satellite transmitters which relay the signal to our stations.
Our satellite up-link facility is located in Clearwater, Florida.
Each of our stations has a facility in the market in which it
operates at which the central programming feed is received and
retransmitted in its market. Each of our stations broadcasts its
signal from a transmission tower or antenna situated on a
transmitter site. Each station also has an office and studio and
related broadcasting equipment. For about half of our stations
with respect to which we have entered into JSAs, we have vacated
the leased studio and office facilities of our stations and
co-located our operations with those of our JSA partner. In
connection with the termination of our JSAs, we will have to
either relocate up to 22 of our station master controls which
are currently located in our JSA partners facility or
lease space from our
35
JSA partner in order to keep our station master control located
in our JSA partners facility. We generally lease our
broadcast transmission towers and own substantially all of the
equipment used in our broadcasting operations. Our tower leases
have expiration dates that range generally from two to twenty
years. We do not anticipate any difficulties in renewing those
leases that expire within the next several years or in leasing
other space, if required.
Our antenna, transmitter and other broadcast equipment for our
New York television station (WPXN) were destroyed upon the
collapse of the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001.
We are currently broadcasting from a tower located on the Empire
State Building in Manhattan. We are continuing to evaluate
several alternatives to improve our signal through transmission
from other locations. We expect, however, that it could take
several years to replace the signal we enjoyed at the World
Trade Center location with a comparable signal. We have property
and business interruption insurance coverage to mitigate the
losses sustained, although the extent of coverage of such
insurance is currently being litigated.
We believe our existing facilities are adequate for our current
and anticipated future needs. No single property is material to
our overall operations.
|
|
Item 3. |
Legal Proceedings |
On August 19, 2004, NBC filed a complaint against us in the
Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware seeking a declaratory
ruling as to the meaning of the terms Cost of Capital
Dividend Rate and independent investment bank
as used in the Certificate of Designation (the Certificate
of Designation) of our Series B preferred stock held
by NBC. On September 15, 2004, the annual rate at which
dividends accrue on the Series B preferred stock was reset
from 8% to 16.2% in accordance with the procedure specified in
the terms of the Series B preferred stock. We engaged CIBC
World Markets Corp., a nationally recognized independent
investment banking firm, to determine the adjusted dividend rate
as of the fifth anniversary of the original issue date of the
Series B preferred stock.
On October 14, 2004, we filed our answer and a counterclaim
to NBCs complaint. Our answer largely denies the
allegations of the NBC complaint and our counterclaim seeks a
declaratory ruling that we are not obligated to redeem, and will
not be in default under the terms of the agreement under which
NBC made its initial $415 million investment in us if we do
not redeem, the Series B preferred stock on or before
November 13, 2004. NBC delivered a notice of demand for
redemption on November 13, 2003, and has since alleged,
both through statements to the press and in its complaint filed
in Delaware, that we are obligated to redeem, and will be in
default if we do not redeem, NBCs investment on or before
November 13, 2004. The aggregate redemption price payable
in respect of the 41,500 shares of Series B preferred
stock held by NBC, including accrued dividends thereon, was
approximately $600.7 million as of December 31, 2004.
We and NBC have filed briefs in the litigation and have each
moved for judgment on the pleadings. The court heard oral
argument on the respective motions on February 14, 2005 and
has not yet issued its ruling. An adverse outcome in this
litigation would have a material adverse effect on us. See
Forward Looking Statements and Associated Risks and
Uncertainties We have not redeemed our securities
held by NBC that NBC has demanded that we redeem and this could
have adverse consequences for us and The
adjustment to the dividend rate on our Series B preferred
stock could have adverse consequences for our business.
Our antenna, transmitter and other broadcast equipment for our
New York television station (WPXN) were destroyed upon the
collapse of the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001.
We filed property damage, business interruption and extra
expense insurance claims with our insurer, Zurich American
Insurance Company, or Zurich. To date, Zurich has paid us
$7.7 million in respect of our claims for property damage,
business interruption and extra expense, which are substantially
in excess of this amount. In March 2003, Zurich filed an action
against us in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York seeking a declaratory ruling as to certain
aspects of the insurance policy which we purchased from it. This
action remains pending. Were we to prevail on our insurance
claims against Zurich, the recovery could have a material effect
on our cash position.
36
We are involved in other litigation from time to time in the
ordinary course of our business. We believe the ultimate
resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on
our financial position or results of operations or cash flows.
|
|
Item 4. |
Submission of Matters to Vote of Security Holders |
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during
the fourth quarter of the period covered by this report.
PART II
|
|
Item 5. |
Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related
Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities |
Market Information
Our Class A common stock is listed on the American Stock
Exchange under the symbol PAX. The following table sets forth,
for the periods indicated, the high and low sales price per
share for our Class A common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
High | |
|
Low | |
|
High | |
|
Low | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
First Quarter
|
|
$ |
4.60 |
|
|
$ |
3.51 |
|
|
$ |
2.65 |
|
|
$ |
1.91 |
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
4.00 |
|
|
|
2.15 |
|
|
|
6.99 |
|
|
|
2.18 |
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
3.30 |
|
|
|
1.30 |
|
|
|
6.48 |
|
|
|
3.70 |
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
1.74 |
|
|
|
0.90 |
|
|
|
6.07 |
|
|
|
3.62 |
|
On March 4, 2005, the closing sale price of our
Class A common stock on the American Stock Exchange was
$1.29 per share. As of that date, there were approximately
471 holders of record of the Class A common stock.
Dividends
We have not paid cash dividends and do not intend for the
foreseeable future to declare or pay any cash dividends on any
classes of common stock and intend to retain earnings, if any,
for the future operation and expansion of our business. Any
determination to declare or pay dividends will be at the
discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our
future earnings, results of operations, financial condition,
capital requirements, contractual restrictions under our debt
instruments, considerations imposed by applicable law and other
factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. In addition,
the terms of the indentures governing our outstanding senior
secured notes and senior subordinated notes and our outstanding
preferred stock contain restrictions on the declaration of
dividends with respect to our common stock.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
In October 2004, we completed an exchange offer pursuant to
which 3,197,250 restricted shares of Class A common stock
were exchanged for options to purchase an equal number of shares
of Class A common stock, at an exercise price of
$0.01 per share and with identical vesting provisions as
the original awards. The restricted shares were originally
issued to certain employees and directors in connection with an
October 2003 grant. This exchange did not result in any
additional stock-based compensation expense. The number of
shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding at
the time of exchange was reduced by the number of restricted
shares exchanged.
37
Equity Compensation Plan Information
As of December 31, 2004, the following shares of
Class A common stock were authorized for issuance under
equity compensation plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities | |
|
|
Number of Securities | |
|
|
|
Remaining Available for | |
|
|
to Be Issued | |
|
Weighted-Average | |
|
Future Issuance Under | |
|
|
Upon Exercise of | |
|
Exercise Price of | |
|
Equity Compensation Plans | |
|
|
Outstanding Options, | |
|
Outstanding Options, | |
|
[Excluding Securities | |
Plan Category |
|
Warrants and Rights | |
|
Warrants and Rights | |
|
Reflected in Column(a)] | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)
|
|
|
5,336,713 |
|
|
$ |
0.49 |
|
|
|
3,444,603 |
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(1)
|
|
|
522,500 |
|
|
$ |
3.04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
5,859,213 |
|
|
$ |
0.71 |
|
|
|
3,444,603 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
In October 2004, we completed an exchange offer pursuant to
which 3,197,250 restricted shares of Class A common stock
were exchanged for options to purchase an equal number of shares
of Class A common stock, at an exercise price of
$0.01 per share and with identical vesting provisions as
the original awards. The restricted shares were originally
issued to certain employees and directors in connection with the
October 2003 grant. This exchange did not result in any
additional stock-based compensation expense. The number of
shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding at
the time of exchange was reduced by the number of restricted
shares exchanged. A narrative description of the material terms
of these plans is set forth in Note 11 STOCK
INCENTIVE PLANS, to our consolidated financial statements which
are set forth elsewhere in this report. |
38
|
|
Item 6. |
Selected Financial Data |
The following table sets forth our consolidated financial data
as of and for each of the years in the five year period ended
December 31, 2004. This information is qualified in its
entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the
consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto which
are included elsewhere in this report. The following data,
insofar as it relates to each of the years presented, has been
derived from annual financial statements, including the
consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003,
and the related consolidated statements of operations and of
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2004, and notes thereto appearing elsewhere
herein.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2000 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data) | |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
276,630 |
|
|
$ |
270,939 |
|
|
$ |
276,921 |
|
|
$ |
265,326 |
|
|
$ |
271,892 |
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(12,419 |
) |
|
|
44,195 |
|
|
|
(69,906 |
) |
|
|
(150,129 |
) |
|
|
(155,946 |
) |
Net loss
|
|
|
(187,972 |
) |
|
|
(76,213 |
) |
|
|
(336,186 |
) |
|
|
(205,545 |
) |
|
|
(169,176 |
) |
Net loss attributable to common stockholders(a)
|
|
|
(245,735 |
) |
|
|
(146,317 |
) |
|
|
(446,285 |
) |
|
|
(352,201 |
) |
|
|
(381,980 |
) |
Basic and Diluted Loss Per Common Share:(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$ |
(3.61 |
) |
|
$ |
(2.14 |
) |
|
$ |
(6.88 |
) |
|
$ |
(5.46 |
) |
|
$ |
(6.01 |
) |
|
Weighted average shares outstanding basic and diluted
|
|
|
68,139 |
|
|
|
68,390 |
|
|
|
64,849 |
|
|
|
64,509 |
|
|
|
63,515 |
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
82,047 |
|
|
$ |
97,123 |
|
|
$ |
25,765 |
|
|
$ |
83,858 |
|
|
$ |
51,363 |
|
Working capital
|
|
|
77,422 |
|
|
|
67,132 |
|
|
|
19,188 |
|
|
|
57,871 |
|
|
|
74,298 |
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,224,305 |
|
|
|
1,283,677 |
|
|
|
1,276,619 |
|
|
|
1,409,840 |
|
|
|
1,552,603 |
|
Total debt
|
|
|
1,004,093 |
|
|
|
925,608 |
|
|
|
900,101 |
|
|
|
529,180 |
|
|
|
405,476 |
|
Total mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
471,355 |
|
|
|
410,739 |
|
|
|
354,498 |
|
|
|
589,958 |
|
|
|
574,587 |
|
Total mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
740,745 |
|
|
|
684,067 |
|
|
|
638,603 |
|
|
|
574,202 |
|
|
|
505,802 |
|
Total common stockholders deficit
|
|
|
(1,327,341 |
) |
|
|
(1,089,845 |
) |
|
|
(958,267 |
) |
|
|
(515,520 |
) |
|
|
(175,503 |
) |
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
(9,717 |
) |
|
$ |
32,916 |
|
|
$ |
(75,428 |
) |
|
$ |
(60,772 |
) |
|
$ |
(76,036 |
) |
Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(23,647 |
) |
|
|
60,929 |
|
|
|
(7,689 |
) |
|
|
48,477 |
|
|
|
(12,784 |
) |
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
18,288 |
|
|
|
(22,487 |
) |
|
|
25,024 |
|
|
|
44,790 |
|
|
|
14,994 |
|
Program rights payments and deposits
|
|
|
67,682 |
|
|
|
34,239 |
|
|
|
116,243 |
|
|
|
130,566 |
|
|
|
128,288 |
|
Payments for cable distribution rights
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
4,347 |
|
|
|
9,286 |
|
|
|
14,418 |
|
|
|
10,727 |
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
15,845 |
|
|
|
26,732 |
|
|
|
31,177 |
|
|
|
35,213 |
|
|
|
25,110 |
|
|
|
a) |
Includes dividends and accretion on redeemable preferred stock. |
|
b) |
Because of losses from continuing operations, the effect of
stock options and warrants is antidilutive. Accordingly, our
presentation of diluted earnings per share is the same as that
of basic earnings per share. |
39
|
|
Item 7. |
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations |
Introduction
We are a network television broadcasting company which owns and
operates the largest broadcast television station group in the
U.S., as measured by the number of television households in the
markets our stations serve. We currently own and operate 60
broadcast television stations (including three stations we
operate under time brokerage agreements), which reach all of the
top 20 U.S. markets and 40 of the top
50 U.S. markets. We operate PAX TV, a network that
provides programming seven days per week, 24 hours per day,
and reaches approximately 95 million homes, or 87% of prime
time television households in the U.S., through our broadcast
television station group, and pursuant to distribution
arrangements with cable and satellite distribution systems and
our broadcast station affiliates. PAX TVs entertainment
programming principally consists of shows originally developed
by us and shows that have appeared previously on other broadcast
networks which we have purchased the right to air. The balance
of PAX TVs programming consists of long form paid
programming (principally infomercials) and public interest
programming.
Our primary operating expenses include selling, general and
administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization expenses,
programming expenses, employee compensation and costs associated
with cable and satellite distribution, ratings services and
promotional advertising. Programming amortization is a
significant expense and is affected by several factors,
including the mix of syndicated versus lower cost original
programming as well as the frequency with which programs are
aired.
Our business operations presently do not provide sufficient cash
flow to support our debt service and preferred stock dividend
requirements. In September 2002, we engaged Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc. and in August 2003 we engaged
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. to act as our financial advisors
to assess our business plan, capital structure and future
capital needs, and to explore strategic alternatives for our
company. We terminated these engagements in March 2005 as no
viable strategic transactions had been developed on terms that
we believed would be in the best interests of all of our
stockholders. While we continue to consider strategic
alternatives that may arise, which may include the sale of all
or part of our assets, finding a strategic partner for our
company who would provide the financial resources to enable us
to redeem, restructure or refinance our debt and preferred
stock, or finding a third party to acquire our company through a
merger or other business combination or through a purchase of
our equity securities, our principal efforts are focused on
improving our core business operations and increasing our cash
flow. See Forward-Looking Statements and Associated Risks
and Uncertainties Our ability to pursue strategic
alternatives is subject to limitations and factors beyond our
control.
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues in 2004 increased 2.1% to $276.6 million
compared to $270.9 million in 2003. |
|
|
|
Operating loss was $12.4 million in 2004 compared to
operating income of $44.2 million in 2003. Included in the
2004 results is a charge of $4.6 million to adjust certain
programming to net realizable value resulting from a change in
estimated future advertising revenues expected to be generated
by certain programming as a result of a change in expected usage
of such programming, a $4.0 million adjustment to recognize
additional lease expense for lease arrangements that provide for
escalating lease payments (of which approximately
$3.1 million pertained to periods prior to 2004), a
$1.7 million amortization expense charge for certain
leasehold improvements to adjust their amortization period to
the shorter of their useful lives or the lease terms, a
$3.0 million reduction in music license fees resulting from
the conclusion of a dispute and the commencement of a new
agreement with a music license organization and
$3.3 million of insurance recoveries related to our World
Trade Center litigation. Operating income for 2003 included
gains of $51.9 million primarily from sales of television
station assets. |
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders was
$245.7 million in 2004 compared to a net loss attributable
to common stockholders of $146.3 million in 2003. The net
loss attributable to common |
40
|
|
|
|
|
stockholders for 2004 includes all of the items described above,
$1.1 million in costs incurred in connection with a
required adjustment of the dividend rate on our Series B
preferred stock held by NBC, increased dividends of
$20.7 million including the increase resulting from the
aforementioned rate adjustment, a loss on extinguishment of debt
of $6.3 million resulting from the refinancing of our
senior credit facility in January 2004 and a $4.9 million
adjustment to recognize additional provision for income taxes
resulting from a change in the estimated state income tax rate
that we expect to incur at the time of reversal of our deferred
taxes (of which approximately $4.5 million pertained to
periods prior to 2004). The net loss attributable to common
stockholders for 2003 included a benefit from income taxes of
$4.7 million resulting from the sale of television stations. |
|
|
|
Cash flow from operating activities decreased $42.6 million
to a negative $9.7 million in 2004 compared to
$32.9 million of cash provided by operating activities in
2003. |
Our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments decreased
during the year by $22.0 million to $88.0 million as
of December 31, 2004. Our total debt, which primarily
comprises three series of notes, increased $78.5 million
during the year to $1.0 billion as of December 31,
2004. Additionally, we have three series of mandatorily
redeemable preferred stock currently outstanding with a carrying
value of $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2004. Two
series of the notes require us to make periodic cash interest
payments on a current basis. Interest on the third series of
notes accretes until July 2006, at which time we will be
obligated to make cash interest payments on a current basis. All
series of preferred stock accrue dividends but do not require
current cash dividend payments. None of these instruments
matures or requires mandatory principal repayments until the
fourth quarter of 2006.
During 2003 and 2004, we issued letters of credit to support our
obligation to pay for certain original programming. The
settlement of such letters of credit generally occurs during the
first quarter of the year. As a result of this strategy, our
programming payments may be higher in the first quarter of the
year compared to the other three quarters of the year.
Our principal sources of cash in 2004 were:
|
|
|
|
|
revenues from the sale of network long form paid programming,
network spot advertising, station long form paid programming and
station spot advertising; and |
|
|
|
$10.0 million in proceeds from the sale of broadcast
assets, consisting of one television station. |
We expect our principal sources of cash in 2005 to consist of
revenues from the sale of network long form paid programming,
network spot advertising, station long form paid programming and
station spot advertising. We are also exploring the sale of
certain broadcast station assets, which if completed during 2005
would generate additional cash.
|
|
|
Key Company Performance Indicators: |
We use a number of key performance indicators to evaluate and
manage our business. One of the key indicators related to the
performance of our long form paid programming is long form
advertising rates. These rates can be affected by the number of
television outlets through which long form advertisers can air
their programs, weather patterns which can affect viewing
levels, and new product introductions. We monitor early
indicators such as how new products are performing and our
ability to increase or decrease rates for given time slots.
Program ratings are one of the key indicators related to our
network spot business. As more viewers watch our programming,
our ratings increase which can increase our revenues. The
commitments we obtain from advertisers in the up
front market are a leading indicator of the potential
performance of our network spot revenues. As the year
progresses, we monitor pricing in the scatter market to
determine where network spot
41
advertising rates are trending. Cost-per-thousand
(CPMs) refers to the price of reaching 1,000
television viewing households with an advertisement. CPM trends
and comparisons to competitors CPMs can be used to
determine pricing power and the appeal of the audience
demographic that we are delivering to advertisers.
In order to evaluate our local market performance, we examine
ratings as well as our cost per point, which is the price we
charge an advertiser to reach one percent of the total
television viewing households in a stations DMA, as
measured by Nielsen. We also examine the percentage of the
market advertising revenue that our local stations are receiving
compared to the share of the market ratings that we are
delivering. The economic health of a particular region or
certain industries that are concentrated in a particular region
can affect the amount being spent on local television
advertising.
|
|
|
Factors Expected to Affect our Performance in 2005: |
We do not anticipate that we will generate sufficient cash flows
from operating activities to cover our anticipated capital
expenditures for the year ending December 31, 2005.
Accordingly, our total cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments as of December 31, 2004 is expected to decrease
during the course of 2005.
We have begun discussions with NBC as to the termination of our
network sales agency agreement with NBC and each of our JSAs
with NBC (covering 14 of our stations in 12 markets), and we
expect that the performance of our business during 2005 will be
affected by the costs of terminating these arrangements,
including the possible disruption of our network advertising
sales efforts resulting from the transfer of this function from
NBC to our own employees.
In connection with the termination of our JSAs, we will have to
either relocate up to 22 of our station master controls which
are currently located in our JSA partners facility or
lease space from our JSA partner in order to keep our station
master control located in our JSA partners facility. We
expect that the performance of our business during 2005 will be
affected by the terms on which we are able to effect such
relocation or leasing.
The U.S. economic environment also affects the performance
of our business, since our business is dependent in part on
cyclical advertising rates. An improving economy, led by
increases in consumer confidence, could benefit us by leading
advertisers to increase their spending.
We expect 2005 to be a challenging year for us. Our principal
business objective is to improve our cash flow and increase our
financial flexibility, so that we may pursue refinancing
alternatives with a view to reducing our cost of capital. We
believe that if we are able to improve our cash flow and reduce
our cost of capital, we will be able to improve the degree to
which our operating business supports our capital structure and
improve our ability to avail ourselves of future opportunities
to strengthen our business that may arise due to changes in the
regulatory or business environment for broadcasters or other
future developments in our industry.
In 2005 we will seek to maintain an efficient operating
structure and a flexible programming strategy as we implement
changes to our business operations. We do not expect to invest
substantial additional amounts in new entertainment programming,
and are evaluating other programming strategies and
opportunities that might be available to us which would improve
our cash flow. We expect, however, that entertainment
programming will continue to constitute a significant portion of
our network programming schedule. In March 2005, we notified all
of our JSA partners other than NBC that we were exercising our
right to terminate the JSAs, effective June 30, 2005, we
notified all of our affiliates that we were exercising our right
to terminate the affiliation agreements, effective June 30,
2005, and we notified NBC that we were removing, effective
June 30, 2005, all of our stations from the national sales
agency agreement pursuant to which NBC sells national spot
advertisements for 49 of our 60 stations. In addition, we began
discussions with NBC as to the termination of our network sales
agency agreement with NBC and each of our JSAs with NBC
(covering 14 stations in 12 markets). We intend to transfer
our local advertising sales efforts to our own employees by the
beginning of
42
July 2005 and to transfer our network advertising sales efforts
to our own employees following resolution of our discussions
with NBC. We are also reviewing all of the elements of our
business operations.
In order for us to improve revenues in 2005, we would need to
market and air programming that attracts additional viewers,
increase our CPMs through delivery of more attractive viewing
demographics or realize increases in long form paid programming
rates. As long form programming is not currently in a high
growth cycle, we expect that our revenues in this segment for
2005 will be relatively unchanged when compared to 2004. As we
do not expect to invest substantial additional amounts in new
entertainment programming during 2005, we expect that our
revenues from network spot and station spot advertising for 2005
will be relatively unchanged or may decrease when compared to
2004. We expect that we will experience a decrease in certain
operating expenses during 2005 as a result of our strategy of
reducing our programming and other operating expenses, offset by
costs to exit certain arrangements and increased utility costs
to broadcast our digital television signal and other contractual
increases in certain operating expenses. During 2005, we also do
not anticipate that we will have the benefit of a reduction in
expenses related to certain beneficial legal settlements,
similar to those that we received during the years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and
results of operations is based on our consolidated financial
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The
preparation of financial statements requires us to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. We believe the most significant
estimates involved in preparing our financial statements include
estimates related to the net realizable value of our programming
rights, barter revenue recognition, estimates used in accounting
for leases and estimates related to the impairment of long-lived
assets and FCC licenses. We base our estimates on
historical experience and various other assumptions we believe
are reasonable. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
We consider the accounting policies described below to be
critical since they have the greatest effect on our reported
financial condition and results of operations and they require
significant estimates and judgments.
We carry programming rights assets on our balance sheet at the
lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value. We record our
program rights and related liabilities at the contractual
amounts when the programming is available to air. Our original
programming generally is amortized on a straight line or
accelerated method over three to four years on expected usage.
Our syndicated programming rights are amortized over the
licensing agreement term using the greater of the straight line
per run or straight line over the license term method. We
periodically evaluate the net realizable value of our program
rights based on anticipated future usage of programming and the
anticipated future ratings and related advertising revenues. We
evaluate the net realizable value of our programming rights by
aggregating the program costs and related estimated future
revenues for each programming daypart. If estimated future
revenues are insufficient to recover the unamortized cost of the
programming assets in each daypart, we record an adjustment to
write down the value of our assets to net realizable value. We
also evaluate whether future revenues will be sufficient to
recover the cost of programs we are committed to purchase in the
future, and if estimated future revenues are insufficient, we
accrue a loss related to our programming commitments. Our
estimates of future advertising revenues are based upon our
actual revenues generated currently, adjusted for estimated
revenue growth assumptions. If market conditions were to
deteriorate, we may not achieve our estimated future revenues,
which could result in future write downs to net realizable value
and accrued losses on programming commitments.
We have made judgments and estimates in connection with some of
our leasing transactions regarding the estimated useful lives of
the assets subject to lease, as well as the discount rates used
to estimate the present value of future lease payments. These
judgments and estimates have led us to conclude that these
leases should be accounted for as operating leases. Had we used
different judgments and estimates, these leases may have been
classified as capital leases. The terms of our senior notes
indenture, senior subordinated
43
notes indentures and outstanding preferred stock restrict our
ability to incur indebtedness, including our ability to enter
into capital leases.
We review our long-lived assets for possible impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that, based on
estimated undiscounted future cash flows, the carrying amount of
the assets may not be fully recoverable. If our analysis
indicates that a possible impairment exists, we are required to
then estimate the fair value of the asset determined either by
third party appraisal or estimated discounted future cash flows.
In addition, our FCC licenses are tested for impairment at least
annually by comparing the estimated fair values with the
recorded amount on an aggregate basis as a single unit of
accounting since we operate PAX TV as a single asset, a
consolidated distribution platform. We believe that we have made
reasonable estimates and judgments in determining whether our
long-lived assets and FCC licenses have been impaired. If,
however, there were a material change in our determination of
fair values or if there were a material change in the conditions
or circumstances influencing fair value, we could be required to
recognize an impairment charge. In addition, it is possible that
the estimated life of certain long-lived assets will be reduced
significantly in the near term because of the anticipated
industry migration from analog to digital broadcasting. If and
when we become aware of such a reduction of useful lives,
depreciation expense will be adjusted prospectively to ensure
assets are fully depreciated upon migration.
We recognize revenues as commercial spots and long form paid
programming are aired and ratings guarantees to advertisers are
achieved. We recognize a liability for shortfalls in ratings
guarantees based on information obtained from third party
sources and by using our judgment and best estimates.
We carry accounts receivable at the amount we believe to be
collectible. We use our judgment and best estimates in
determining the amount of accounts receivable we believe to be
uncollectible. The amounts of accounts receivable that
ultimately become uncollectible could vary materially from our
estimates.
We have entered into agreements with cable system operators to
improve channel positioning on certain cable systems. For
agreements with specified termination dates, we amortize amounts
paid over the term of the agreement using the straight line
method. For agreements with no specified termination date, we
amortize amounts paid on a straight line basis over their
estimated useful lives.
We depreciate property and equipment over their estimated useful
lives using the straight line method. We periodically evaluate
the potential time frame in which certain equipment may become
obsolete as a result of the FCC mandated conversion from analog
to digital to determine whether accelerated depreciation is
necessary. We have not determined whether accelerated
depreciation should be used to depreciate any of our property
and equipment and we continue to depreciate our property and
equipment over their estimated useful lives.
We account for employee stock-based compensation using the
intrinsic value method.
We have investments in certain broadcast properties, including
purchase options in entities owning television stations. We
review our investments in broadcast properties for possible
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable.
If our analysis indicates that a possible impairment exists, we
are required to estimate the fair value of the asset based
either on a third party appraisal or estimated discounted future
cash flows. We believe we have made reasonable estimates and
judgments in determining whether our investments in broadcast
properties are impaired.
We structured the disposition of our radio division in 1997 and
our acquisition of television stations during the period
following this disposition in a manner that we believed would
qualify these transactions as a like kind exchange
under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code and would
permit us to defer recognizing for income tax purposes up to
approximately $333 million of gain. The IRS has examined
our 1997 tax return and has issued us a 30-day
letter proposing to disallow all of our gain deferral. We
have filed our protest to this determination with the IRS
appeals division, but we cannot predict the outcome of this
matter at this time, and we may not prevail. In addition, the
30-day letter offered an alternative position that,
in the event the IRS is unsuccessful in disallowing all of the
gain deferral, approximately $62 million of the
$333 million gain deferral will be disallowed. We have
filed a protest to this alternative determination as well. We
may not
44
prevail with respect to this alternative determination. Should
the IRS successfully challenge our position and disallow all or
part of our gain deferral, because we had net operating losses
in the years subsequent to 1997 in excess of the amount of the
deferred gain, we would not be liable for any tax deficiency,
but could be liable for state income taxes. We have estimated
the amount of state income tax for which we could be liable as
of December 31, 2004, to be approximately $8.0 million
should the IRS succeed in disallowing the entire deferred gain.
In addition, we could be liable for interest on the tax
liability for the period prior to the carryback of our net
operating losses and for interest on any state income taxes that
may be due. As of December 31, 2004, we have estimated the
amount of federal interest and state interest to be
approximately $18.0 million and $4.0 million,
respectively, should the IRS succeed in disallowing the entire
deferred gain. The use of our net operating losses to offset any
disallowed deferred gain would result in a benefit from income
taxes. This matter is currently with the Appeals Office of the
Internal Revenue Service.
Results of Continuing Operations
The following table sets forth net revenues, the components of
operating expenses with percentages of net revenues, and other
operating data for the periods presented (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
% | |
|
2003 | |
|
% | |
|
2002 | |
|
% | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
276,630 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
$ |
270,939 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
$ |
276,921 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and broadcast operations
|
|
|
56,472 |
|
|
|
20.4 |
|
|
|
51,954 |
|
|
|
19.2 |
|
|
|
51,204 |
|
|
|
18.5 |
|
|
Program rights amortization
|
|
|
53,616 |
|
|
|
19.4 |
|
|
|
51,082 |
|
|
|
18.9 |
|
|
|
77,980 |
|
|
|
28.2 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
121,835 |
|
|
|
44.0 |
|
|
|
110,976 |
|
|
|
41.0 |
|
|
|
132,305 |
|
|
|
47.8 |
|
|
Business interruption insurance proceeds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,617 |
) |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
Time brokerage and affiliation fees
|
|
|
4,466 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
4,403 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
4,079 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
8,501 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
12,766 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
3,810 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
Adjustment of programming to net realizable value
|
|
|
4,645 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
1,066 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
41,270 |
|
|
|
14.9 |
|
|
Restructuring (credits) charges
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,173 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
Reserve for state taxes
|
|
|
691 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
3,055 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
43,664 |
|
|
|
15.8 |
|
|
|
42,983 |
|
|
|
15.9 |
|
|
|
58,529 |
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
293,885 |
|
|
|
106.2 |
|
|
|
278,333 |
|
|
|
102.7 |
|
|
|
369,733 |
|
|
|
133.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on sale or disposal of broadcast and other assets, net
|
|
|
4,836 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
51,589 |
|
|
|
19.0 |
|
|
|
22,906 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
$ |
(12,419 |
) |
|
|
(4.5 |
) |
|
$ |
44,195 |
|
|
|
16.3 |
|
|
$ |
(69,906 |
) |
|
|
(25.2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
(9,717 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
32,916 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(75,428 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(23,647 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,929 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,689 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
18,288 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,487 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,024 |
|
|
|
|
|
Program rights payments and deposits
|
|
|
67,682 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,239 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116,243 |
|
|
|
|
|
Payments for cable distribution rights
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,347 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,286 |
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
15,845 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,732 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,177 |
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 |
Net revenues increased 2.1% to $276.6 million for the year
ended December 31, 2004 versus $270.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 2003. This increase is primarily
attributable to increased revenues from long form paid
programming.
Programming and broadcast operations expenses were
$56.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2004,
compared with $52.0 million in 2003. Programming and
broadcast operations expenses reflects a $3.0 million
reduction in music license fees during the third quarter of 2004
resulting from the conclusion of a dispute and the commencement
of a new agreement with a music license organization offset by
higher tower rent and utilities costs in connection with our
digital television build-out and higher personnel costs. In the
fourth quarter of 2004, we recorded an adjustment in the amount
of $3.7 million in order to recognize additional lease
expense for lease arrangements that provide for escalating lease
payments of which approximately $2.9 million pertained to
periods prior to 2004.
Program rights amortization expense was $53.6 million
during the year ended December 31, 2004 compared with
$51.1 million in 2003. The increase is primarily
attributable to increased amortization associated with new
original and syndicated programming in 2004 when compared to
2003.
Selling, general and administrative expenses were
$121.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2004
compared with $111.0 in 2003. The increase was primarily
attributable to higher personnel costs and increased advertising
spending. During 2004 we received $3.3 million of insurance
proceeds pursuant to a property and business interruption
insurance claim in connection with the destruction of our
antenna, transmitter and other broadcast equipment upon the
collapse of the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001.
We are in litigation with our former insurance carrier
concerning the extent of our property and business interruption
coverage. We offset the insurance proceeds we received in 2004
against expenses we incurred in 2004 in connection with this
litigation. During 2004, we determined that we had not recorded
certain state taxes for purchases in jurisdictions in which we
have operations, resulting in a charge of $0.8 million
which is reflected in selling, general and administrative
expenses in 2004. A significant portion of the state taxes
recorded pertain to periods prior to 2004. During the first
quarter of 2003, we received approximately $2.2 million
from NBC to settle a pending dispute regarding digital
television signal interference at our television station WPXM,
serving the Miami-Fort Lauderdale, Florida market. This
settlement was recorded as a reduction of our selling, general
and administrative expenses. Additionally, in the second quarter
of 2003, we reduced our bad debt reserve by approximately
$1.5 million as a result of our shift in 2003 to more
prepaid long form advertising.
During the third quarter of 2004, we recognized a charge of
$4.6 million to reduce certain programming rights to their
net realizable value. This charge resulted from a change in the
estimated future advertising revenues expected to be generated
by certain programming as a result of a change in expected usage
of such programming. During the year ended December 31,
2003, we recognized an adjustment of programming to net
realizable value totaling $1.1 million resulting from our
decision to no longer air an original game show production.
In 2004 and 2003, we recorded a reserve for state taxes in the
amount of $0.7 million and $3.1 million, respectively,
in connection with a tax liability related to certain states in
which we have operations. The amount reserved for 2003 included
prior periods.
Depreciation and amortization expense was $43.7 million
during the year ended December 31, 2004 compared with
$43.0 million in 2003. During the fourth quarter of 2004,
we recorded additional amortization expense of $1.7 million
for certain leasehold improvements to adjust their amortization
period to the shorter of their useful lives or the lease terms.
Approximately $1.6 million pertained to periods prior to
2004. During 2004, we determined that we had not recorded
certain state taxes for purchases in jurisdictions in which we
have operations, resulting in a charge of $1.4 million and
a corresponding increase in property and equipment and accrued
liabilities. We recorded a $0.4 million depreciation charge
related to the aforementioned increase in property and
equipment. A significant portion of the state taxes recorded
pertain to periods prior to 2004. In addition, in 2004 we
recorded a $0.5 million impairment charge in connection
with a purchase option for a
46
television station. During 2003, we determined that we had
over-amortized certain cable and satellite distribution rights
assets, which resulted in a $6.9 million reduction in
amortization expense. The aforementioned 2003 reduction in
amortization expense was partially offset by an impairment
charge of $5.4 million recorded as depreciation and
amortization related to a purchase option for a television
station. This impairment existed in periods prior to 2003. In
1998, we began entering into cable distribution agreements for
periods generally up to ten years in markets where we do not own
a television station. Certain of these cable distribution
agreements also provided us with some level of promotional
advertising to be run at the discretion of the cable operator,
primarily during the first few years to support the launch of
the PAX TV network on the cable systems. We had been amortizing
these assets on an accelerated basis, which gave effect to the
advertising component included in these agreements. The
remaining unamortized cost, which was being amortized over seven
years, will be amortized over the remaining contractual life of
the agreements.
In May 2004, we completed the sale of our television station
KPXJ, serving the Shreveport, Louisiana market, for
$10.0 million resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately
$6.1 million.
In October 2003, we granted 3,598,750 options under our 1998
Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the Plan), to
purchase one share of our Class A common stock at an
exercise price of $0.01 per share to certain employees and
directors. The options provided for a one business day exercise
period. All holders of the options exercised their options and
received shares of Class A common stock that were subject
to vesting, restrictions on transfer and a risk of forfeiture.
The shares of restricted stock issued upon the exercise of the
options included 2,278,000 shares which were to vest in
their entirety at the end of a five year period. Of the
remaining restricted stock, 1,000,750 shares were to vest
ratably over a three year period and 320,000 shares were to
vest ratably over a five year period. The option grants resulted
in non-cash stock based compensation expense, which will be
recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. For
the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, we recognized
approximately $7.1 million and $1.5 million,
respectively, in stock based compensation expense in connection
with these grants. Approximately $3.2 million will be
recognized in 2005, and $6.1 million will be recognized
between 2006 and 2008.
In October 2004, we completed an exchange offer pursuant to
which 3,197,250 restricted shares of Class A common stock
were exchanged for options to purchase an equal number of shares
of Class A common stock, at an exercise price of
$0.01 per share and with identical vesting provisions as
the original awards. The restricted shares were originally
issued to certain employees and directors in connection with the
October 2003 grants. This exchange did not result in any
additional stock-based compensation expense. The number of
shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding at
the time of exchange was reduced by the number of restricted
shares exchanged.
In January 2003, we consummated a stock option exchange offer
under which we granted to holders who tendered their eligible
options in the exchange offer new options under the Plan to
purchase one share of our Class A common stock for each two
shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the
exercise of tendered options, at an exercise price of
$0.01 per share. The terms of the new options provided for
a one business day exercise period. All holders who tendered
their eligible options in the exchange offer exercised their new
options promptly after the issuance of those new options.
Approximately 5.5 million options issued under our stock
option plans and 1.8 million additional nonqualified
options were tendered in the exchange offer and approximately
2.6 million new shares of Class A common stock were
issued upon exercise of the new options, net of approximately
1.0 million shares of Class A common stock withheld,
in accordance with the Plans provisions, at the
holders elections to cover withholding taxes and the
option exercise price totaling approximately $2.4 million.
The stock option exchange resulted in a non-cash stock-based
compensation expense of approximately $8.7 million, of
which approximately $8.6 million related to vested and
unvested shares issued upon exercise of the new options was
recognized in the year ended December 31, 2003 and the
remaining amount was recognized in 2004. In addition, the
remaining deferred stock compensation expense associated with
the original stock option awards totaling approximately
$2.5 million at December 31, 2002 associated with
tendered options was recognized using the straight-line method
over the vesting period of the modified awards
($2.3 million recognized in the year ended
December 31, 2003 and $0.2 million was recognized in
2004). As of December 31, 2004, there were
40,000 shares of restricted stock issued upon the
47
exercise of options in the January 2003 exchange that had not
vested as a result of elections to defer vesting made by the
holders.
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2004
increased to $94.2 million from $92.2 million in 2003.
The increase is primarily due to higher accretion on our
121/4% senior
subordinated discount notes. Dividends on mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock were $60.6 million compared to
$27.5 million in 2003. This increase resulted from the
classification of our
141/4%
Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock as interest expense
beginning July 1, 2003 in accordance with SFAS 150.
Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2004
decreased to $2.8 million from $3.4 million in 2003.
The decrease is primarily due to lower interest income on
amounts due from Crown Media.
On January 12, 2004, we completed a private offering of
$365.0 million of senior secured floating rate notes. The
proceeds from the offering were used to repay in full the
outstanding indebtedness under our senior credit facility. The
refinancing resulted in a charge in the first quarter of 2004 in
the amount of $6.3 million related to the unamortized debt
issuance costs associated with the senior credit facility.
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 |
Net revenues decreased 2.2% to $270.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 2003 versus $276.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 2002. This decrease is primarily
attributable to the sale of certain television stations.
Programming and broadcast operations expenses were
$51.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2003,
compared with $51.2 million in 2002. This increase is
primarily due to higher tower rent and utilities expense in
connection with our digital television build-out.
Program rights amortization expense was $51.1 million
during the year ended December 31, 2003 compared with
$78.0 million in 2002. The decrease is primarily due to the
modification of our programming schedule in January 2003 whereby
we replaced daytime entertainment programming with long form
paid programming for which we have no programming cost and due
to the sub-licensing of Touched By An Angel to Crown
Media described below.
Selling, general and administrative expenses were
$111.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2003
compared with $132.3 in 2002. The decrease is primarily a result
of cost cutting measures including headcount reductions in
connection with the fourth quarter 2002 restructuring activities
described below, lower legal expenses primarily resulting from
completion, in 2002, of the NBC arbitration matter and a charge
recorded in 2002 in connection with the postponement of the
700 MHz spectrum auction. In addition, during the first
quarter of 2003, we received approximately $2.2 million
from NBC to settle a pending dispute regarding digital
television signal interference at our television station WPXM,
serving the Miami-Fort Lauderdale, Florida market. This
settlement was recorded as a reduction of our selling, general
and administrative expenses. Additionally, we reduced our bad
debt reserve by approximately $1.5 million because of the
decrease in our receivables that resulted from our shift in 2003
to more prepaid long form advertising.
During the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized an
adjustment of programming to net realizable value totaling
$1.1 million resulting from our decision to no longer air
an original game show production.
In 2003, we recorded a reserve for state taxes related to
current and prior periods in the amount of $3.1 million in
connection with a tax liability related to certain states in
which we have operations.
Depreciation and amortization expense was $43.0 million
during the year ended December 31, 2003 compared with
$58.5 million in 2002. This decrease is due to the sale of
broadcast assets and our determination to amortize our remaining
cable distribution rights over the remaining term of the
underlying agreements. In 1998, we began entering into cable
distribution agreements for periods generally up to ten years in
markets where we do not own a television station. Certain of
these cable distribution agreements also provided us with some
level of promotional advertising to be run at the discretion of
the cable operator, primarily during the first few years to
support the launch of the PAX TV network on the cable systems. We
48
had been amortizing these assets on an accelerated basis, which
gave effect to the advertising component included in these
agreements. The remaining unamortized cost, which was being
amortized over seven years, will be amortized over the remaining
contractual life of the agreements. In 2003, we determined that
we had previously over-amortized certain of these assets and
recorded a $6.9 million reduction of amortization expense.
The decrease in depreciation and amortization expense was
offset, in part, by an impairment charge in the amount of
$5.4 million recorded in 2003 in connection with a purchase
option on a television station. This impairment existed in
periods prior to 2003.
In May 2003, we completed the sale of our television station
KAPX, serving the Albuquerque, New Mexico market, for
$20.0 million resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately
$12.3 million. In April 2003, we completed the sale of our
television stations WMPX, serving the Portland-Auburn, Maine
market, and WPXO, serving the St. Croix, U.S. Virgin
Islands market, for an aggregate of $10.0 million resulting
in a pre-tax gain of approximately $3.1 million. In April
2003, we completed the sale of our limited partnership interest
in television station WWDP, serving the Boston, Massachusetts
market, for approximately $13.8 million resulting in a
pre-tax gain of approximately $9.9 million. In February
2003, we completed the sale of our television station KPXF,
serving the Fresno, California market, for $35.0 million
resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately $26.6 million.
In October 2003, we granted 3,598,750 options under our 1998
Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the Plan), to
purchase one share of our Class A common stock at an
exercise price of $0.01 per share to certain employees and
directors. The options provided for a one business day exercise
period. All holders of the options exercised their options and
received Class A common stock subject to vesting
restrictions. The awards included retention grants totaling
2,278,000 shares which will vest in their entirety at the
end of a five year period. Of the remaining awards, 1,000,750
will vest ratably over a three year period and 320,000 will vest
ratably over a five year period. The option grants resulted in
non-cash stock based compensation expense, which will be
recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of
the awards. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we
recognized approximately $1.5 million in stock based
compensation expense in connection with these grants.
In January 2003, we consummated a stock option exchange offer
under which we granted to holders who tendered their eligible
options in the exchange offer new options under the Plan to
purchase one share of our Class A common stock for each two
shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the
exercise of tendered options, at an exercise price of
$0.01 per share. The terms of the new options provided for
a one business day exercise period. All holders who tendered
their eligible options in the exchange offer exercised their new
options promptly after the issuance of those new options.
Approximately 5.5 million options issued under our stock
option plans and 1.8 million non qualified options issued
in addition to the options granted under our stock option plans
were tendered in the exchange offer and approximately
2.6 million new shares of Class A common stock were
issued upon exercise of the new options, net of approximately
1.0 million shares of Class A common stock withheld,
in accordance with the Plans provisions, at the
holders elections to cover withholding taxes and the
option exercise price totaling approximately $2.4 million.
The stock option exchange resulted in a non-cash stock-based
compensation expense of approximately $8.7 million, of
which approximately $8.6 million related to vested and
unvested shares issued upon exercise of the new options was
recognized in the year ended December 31, 2003 and the
remaining amount was recognized in 2004. In addition, the
remaining deferred stock compensation expense associated with
the original stock option awards totaling approximately
$2.5 million at December 31, 2002 associated with
tendered options was recognized using the straight-line method
over the vesting period of the modified awards
($2.3 million recognized in the year ended
December 31, 2003).
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2003
increased to $92.2 million from $85.2 million in 2002.
The increase is primarily due to higher accretion on our
121/4% senior
subordinated discount notes. Dividends on mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock resulted from the classification of our
141/4%
Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock as a liability in accordance
with SFAS 150.
49
Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2003
increased to $3.4 million from $2.4 million in 2002.
The increase is primarily due to higher average cash and
short-term investment balances in 2003 resulting from the
proceeds of asset sales.
Restructuring Activities
During the fourth quarter of 2002, we adopted a plan to
consolidate certain of our operations, reduce personnel and
modify our programming schedule in order to significantly reduce
our cash operating expenditures. In connection with this plan,
we recorded a restructuring charge of approximately
$2.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2002 consisting of
$2.2 million in termination benefits for 95 employees and
$0.4 million in costs associated with exiting leased
properties and the consolidation of certain operations. Through
December 31, 2004, we have paid $2.1 million in
termination benefits to 94 employees and paid $0.5 million
of lease termination and other costs. We have accounted for
these costs pursuant to SFAS No. 146, Accounting
for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities
which we early adopted in the fourth quarter of 2002.
SFAS No. 146 requires that a liability for a cost
associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when
the liability is incurred as opposed to when there is a
commitment to a restructuring plan as set forth under
EITF 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee
Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity
which has been nullified under SFAS No. 146. As such,
we will recognize additional restructuring costs as they are
incurred.
Income Taxes
Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142 on January 1, 2002,
we no longer amortize our FCC license intangible assets. Under
previous accounting standards, these assets were being amortized
over 25 years. Although the provisions of SFAS 142
stipulate that indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill
are not amortized, we are required under FASB Statement
No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes
(SFAS 109), to recognize deferred tax
liabilities and assets for temporary differences related to the
FCC license intangible assets and the tax-deductible portion of
these assets. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 142, we
considered our deferred tax liabilities related to the FCC
license intangible assets as a source of future taxable income
in assessing the realization of our deferred tax assets. Because
indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill are no longer
amortized for financial reporting purposes under SFAS 142,
the related deferred tax liabilities will not reverse until some
indeterminate future period should the FCC license intangible
assets become impaired or be disposed of. Therefore, the
reversal of deferred tax liabilities related to FCC license
intangible assets is no longer considered a source of future
taxable income in assessing the realization of deferred tax
assets. As a result of this accounting change, we were required
to record an increase in our deferred tax asset valuation
allowance resulting in a deferred tax liability of
$168.6 million during the year ended December 31,
2002. In addition, we continue to record increases in our
valuation allowance based on increases in the deferred tax
liabilities and assets for temporary differences related to the
FCC license intangible assets.
We structured the disposition of our radio division in 1997 and
our acquisition of television stations during the period
following this disposition in a manner that we believe would
qualify these transactions as a like kind exchange
under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code and would
permit us to defer recognizing for income tax purposes up to
approximately $333 million of gain. The IRS has examined
our 1997 tax return and has issued to us a 30-day
letter proposing to disallow all of our gain deferral. We
have filed our protest to this determination with the IRS
appeals division, but cannot predict the outcome of this matter
at this time, and may not prevail. In addition, the 30-day
letter offered us an alternative position that, in the
event the IRS is unsuccessful in disallowing all of the gain
deferral, approximately $62 million of the
$333 million gain deferral will be disallowed. We filed a
protest to this alternative determination as well. We may not
prevail with respect to this alternative determination. Should
the IRS successfully challenge our position and disallow all or
part of our gain deferral, because we had net operating losses
in the years subsequent to 1997 in excess of the amount of the
deferred gain, we would not be liable for any tax deficiency,
but could be liable for state income taxes. We have estimated
the amount of state income tax for which we could be liable as
of December 31, 2004 to be approximately $8.0 million
should the IRS succeed in disallowing the entire deferred gain.
In addition, we could be liable for interest on the tax
liability for the period prior to the carryback of our
50
net operating losses and for interest on any state income taxes
that may be due. We have estimated the amount of federal
interest and state interest, as of December 31, 2004, to be
approximately $18.0 million and $4.0 million,
respectively, should the IRS succeed in disallowing the entire
deferred gain. The use of our net operating losses to offset any
disallowed deferred gain would result in a benefit from income
taxes. This matter is currently with the Appeals Office of the
Internal Revenue Service.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary capital requirements are to fund capital
expenditures for our television properties, programming rights
payments and debt service payments. Our primary sources of
liquidity are our cash on hand and our net working capital. As
of December 31, 2004, we had $88.0 million in cash and
cash equivalents and short-term investments and we had working
capital of approximately $77.4 million. During the year
ended December 31, 2004, our cash and cash equivalents and
short-term investments decreased by approximately
$22.0 million primarily due to net cash used in operating
activities, deposits on programming letters of credit and
purchases of property and equipment. We believe that our cash on
hand and net working capital will provide the liquidity
necessary to meet our obligations and financial commitments
through the next twelve months. Our
121/4% senior
subordinated discount notes require us to commence making
semi-annual cash interest payments of approximately
$30.4 million on July 15, 2006 and on each January 15
and July 15 thereafter. We believe that we will need to improve
our operating cash flow over the next twelve months in order to
be able to meet this obligation. Should we be unable to do so,
or if our financial results are not as anticipated, we may be
required to seek to sell broadcast assets or raise additional
funds through the offering of equity securities in order to
generate sufficient cash to meet our liquidity needs. During the
first quarter of 2005 we have identified certain broadcast
assets that we will seek to sell in order to improve our
liquidity position. We can provide no assurance that we will be
successful in selling these or any other assets or raising
additional funds that we may require.
We are involved in litigation with NBC regarding NBCs
demand for redemption of our Series B preferred stock. NBC
has asserted that we continue to be required to redeem all of
the shares of our Series B preferred stock held by NBC. If
a court were to grant a judgment against us requiring us to pay
the redemption amount of the Series B preferred stock, it
would have a material adverse effect upon us. Our ability to
effect any redemption is restricted by the terms of our
outstanding debt and preferred stock. Further, we do not
currently have sufficient funds to pay the redemption price of
these securities. If any such judgment were entered, and we were
unable to satisfy it, we would be in default under the
indentures governing our senior secured notes and senior
subordinated notes. In order to redeem NBCs preferred
stock, we would need to repay, refinance or otherwise
restructure our outstanding indebtedness and preferred stock and
raise sufficient liquidity to enable us to pay the required
redemption price. It is unlikely that we would be able to
accomplish these actions and redeem NBCs preferred stock
were this to occur.
Cash (used in) provided by operating activities was
approximately $(9.7) million, $32.9 million and
$(75.4) million for the years ended December 31, 2004,
2003 and 2002, respectively. These amounts reflect cash
generated or used in connection with the operation of PAX TV,
including the related programming rights and cable distribution
rights payments and interest payments on our debt. The decrease
for the year ended December 31, 2004 is due to increased
programming payments in the period.
Cash (used in) provided by investing activities was
approximately $(23.6) million, $60.9 million and
$(7.7) million for the years ended December 31, 2004,
2003 and 2002, respectively. These amounts include proceeds from
the sale of broadcast assets, capital expenditures and
short-term investments. During the third quarter of 2004, we
purchased the television production and distribution facility
that we had been leasing from The Christian Network, Inc. for an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.7 million. We
use this facility as our network operations center and to
originate our PAX TV network signal. In May 2004, we received
$10.0 million in proceeds from the sale of our television
station KPXJ, serving the Shreveport, Louisiana market.
During the year ended December 31, 2003, we raised
$83.3 million in proceeds from the sale of broadcast
assets. These asset sales included the sale of our television
station KPXF, serving the Fresno, California
51
market, to Univision Communications, Inc. for
$35.0 million, which we completed in February 2003; the
sale of our television stations WMPX, serving the
Portland-Auburn, Maine market, and WPXO, serving the
St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands market for an aggregate
purchase price of $10.0 million, which we completed in
April 2003; the sale of our limited partnership interest in
television station WWDP, serving the Boston, Massachusetts
market, for approximately $13.8 million, which we completed
in April 2003; and the sale of our television station KAPX,
serving the Albuquerque, New Mexico market, for approximately
$20.0 million, which we completed in May 2003. We realized
aggregate pre-tax gains of approximately $51.9 million on
these 2003 sales. As of December 31, 2004, there were
$24.6 million of outstanding letters of credit all of which
we have pre-funded and which are reflected as deposits for
programming letters of credit in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2003, there
were $16.6 million of outstanding letters of credit
supported by the revolving credit portion of our previously
existing senior credit facility. We have options to purchase the
assets of two television stations serving the Memphis and New
Orleans markets for an aggregate purchase price of
$36.0 million. We have paid $4.0 million for the
options to purchase these stations. The owners of these stations
also have the right to require us to purchase these stations at
any time after January 1, 2007 through December 31,
2008. These stations are currently operating under TBAs with us.
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities was
$18.3 million, $(22.5) million and $25.0 million
for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,
respectively. These amounts include the proceeds from borrowings
and proceeds from stock option exercises, net of principal
repayments. Also included are payments of employee withholding
taxes on option exercises in connection with the January 2003
stock option exchange offer.
Capital expenditures, which consist primarily of digital
conversion costs and purchases of broadcast equipment for our
television stations, were approximately $15.8 million in
2004, $26.7 million in 2003 and $31.2 million in 2002.
The FCC mandated that each licensee of a full power broadcast
television station that was allotted a second digital television
channel in addition to the current analog channel, complete the
construction of digital facilities capable of serving its
community of license with a signal of requisite strength by May
2002. Those digital stations that were not operating by the May
2002 date requested extensions of time from the FCC which have
been granted with limited exceptions. Despite the current
uncertainty that exists in the broadcasting industry with
respect to standards for digital broadcast services, planned
formats and usage, we have complied and intend to continue to
comply with the FCCs timing requirements for the
construction of digital television facilities and the broadcast
of digital television services. We have commenced our migration
to digital broadcasting in certain of our markets and will
continue to do so throughout the required time period. We
currently own or operate 49 stations broadcasting in digital (in
addition to broadcasting in analog). With respect to our
remaining stations, we have received construction permits from
the FCC and will be completing the build-out on three stations
during 2005, we are awaiting construction permits from the FCC
with respect to seven of our television stations and one of our
television stations has not received a digital channel
allocation and therefore will not be converted until the end of
the digital transition. Because of the uncertainty as to
standards, formats and usage, we cannot currently predict with
reasonable certainty the amount or timing of the expenditures we
will likely have to make to complete the digital conversion of
our stations. We currently anticipate, however, that we will
spend at least an additional $8 million in 2005 to complete
the conversion of each of our stations that has received a
construction permit and a digital channel allocation. We expect
to fund these expenditures from cash on hand.
During 2002, we sold our television station WPXB, serving the
Merrimack, New Hampshire market, to NBC for $26.0 million
and realized a pre-tax gain of approximately $24.5 million.
On January 12, 2004, we completed a private offering of
$365.0 million of senior secured floating rate notes. The
senior notes bear interest at the rate of LIBOR plus
2.75% per year and will mature on January 10, 2010. We
may redeem the senior notes at any time at specified redemption
prices. The senior notes are secured by a first priority lien on
substantially all of our assets. In addition, a substantial
portion of the senior secured notes are unconditionally
guaranteed, on a joint and several senior secured basis, by all
of our subsidiaries. The proceeds from the offering were used to
repay in full the outstanding indebtedness under our previously
existing senior credit facility described below, pre-fund
letters of credit supported by the revolving
52
credit portion of our previously existing senior credit facility
and pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
transaction.
In January 2002, we completed an offering of senior subordinated
discount notes due in 2009. Gross proceeds of the offering
totaled approximately $308.3 million and were used to
refinance our
121/2%
exchange debentures due 2006, which were issued in exchange for
the outstanding shares of our
121/2%
exchangeable preferred stock on January 14, 2002, and to
pay costs related to the offering. The notes were sold at a
discounted price of 62.132% of the principal amount at maturity,
which represents a yield to maturity of
121/4%.
We will be required to commence making semi-annual cash interest
payments of approximately $30.4 million under our
121/4% senior
subordinated discount notes on July 15, 2006, and to make
interest payments on each January 15 and July 15 thereafter
until these notes are repaid or refinanced. The senior
subordinated discount notes are guaranteed by our subsidiaries.
We recognized a loss due to early extinguishment of debt
totaling approximately $17.6 million in the first quarter
of 2002 resulting primarily from the redemption premium and the
write-off of unamortized debt costs associated with the
repayment of the
121/2%
exchange debentures.
The terms of the indentures governing our senior secured and
senior subordinated notes contain covenants which, among other
things, limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness,
other than refinancing indebtedness, restrict our ability to pay
dividends or redeem our outstanding capital stock, restrict our
ability to make certain investments or to enter into
transactions with affiliates, restrict our ability to incur
liens or merge or consolidate with any other person, require us
to pay all material taxes prior to delinquency, require any
asset sales we may conduct to comply with certain requirements,
including as to the use of asset sale proceeds, restrict our
ability to sell interests in our subsidiaries, and require us,
in the event we experience a change of control, to make an offer
to purchase the notes outstanding under such indentures on
specified terms. Events of default under the indentures include
the failure to pay interest within 30 days of the due date,
the failure to pay principal when due, a default under any other
debt in an amount greater than $10.0 million, the entry of
a monetary judgment against us in an amount greater than
$10.0 million which remains unsatisfied for 60 days,
the failure to perform any covenant or agreement under the
indentures which continues for 60 days after we receive
notice of default from the indenture trustee or holders of at
least 25% of the outstanding notes, and the occurrence of
certain bankruptcy events. For a complete statement of our
obligations under these indentures, you should refer to the
indentures themselves which are filed as exhibits to this
report. The certificates of designation of two of our
outstanding series of preferred stock contain restrictions on
our ability to incur additional indebtedness, other than
refinancing indebtedness, pay dividends or redeem our
outstanding capital stock, make certain investments or enter
into transactions with affiliates, and sell preferred stock in
our subsidiaries, and require us, in the event we experience a
change of control, to make an offer to purchase the outstanding
shares of preferred stock on specified terms. Our third
outstanding series of preferred stock contains restrictions on
our ability to pay dividends or redeem our outstanding capital
stock, make certain investments or enter into transactions with
affiliates, and requires us, in the event we experience a change
of control, to make an offer to purchase the outstanding shares
of preferred stock on specified terms. For a complete statement
of our obligations under our three outstanding series of
preferred stock, you should refer to the certificates of
designation of each series which are filed as exhibits to this
report.
We structured the disposition of our radio division in 1997 and
our acquisition of television stations during the period
following this disposition in a manner that we believe would
qualify these transactions as a like kind exchange
under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code and would
permit us to defer recognizing for income tax purposes up to
approximately $333 million of gain. The IRS has examined
our 1997 tax return and has issued to us a 30-day
letter proposing to disallow all of our gain deferral. We
have filed our protest to this determination with the IRS
appeals division, but cannot predict the outcome of this matter
at this time, and may not prevail. In addition, the 30-day
letter offered us an alternative position that, in the
event the IRS is unsuccessful in disallowing all of the gain
deferral, approximately $62 million of the
$333 million gain deferral will be disallowed. We filed a
protest to this alternative determination as well. We may not
prevail with respect to this alternative determination. Should
the IRS successfully challenge our position and disallow all or
part of our gain deferral, because we had net operating losses
in the years subsequent to 1997 in excess of the amount of the
deferred gain, we would not be liable for any tax deficiency,
but could be liable for state
53
income taxes. We have estimated the amount of state income tax
for which we could be liable as of December 31, 2004 to be
approximately $8.0 million should the IRS succeed in
disallowing the entire deferred gain. In addition, we could be
liable for interest on the tax liability for the period prior to
the carryback of our net operating losses and for interest on
any state income taxes that may be due. We have estimated the
amount of federal interest and state interest, as of
December 31, 2004, to be approximately $18.0 million
and $4.0 million, respectively, should the IRS succeed in
disallowing the entire deferred gain. The use of our net
operating losses to offset any disallowed deferred gain would
result in a benefit from income taxes. This matter is currently
with the Appeals Office of the Internal Revenue Service.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
As of December 31, 2004, we were obligated under the terms
of our indentures, programming contracts, cable distribution
agreements, operating lease agreements and employment agreements
to make future payments as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2007 | |
|
2008 | |
|
2009 | |
|
Thereafter | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Senior secured and senior subordinated Notes
|
|
$ |
64 |
|
|
$ |
71 |
|
|
$ |
79 |
|
|
$ |
200,086 |
|
|
$ |
496,358 |
|
|
$ |
365,048 |
|
|
$ |
1,061,706 |
|
Obligations for program rights and program rights commitments
|
|
|
43,776 |
|
|
|
1,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,479 |
|
Obligations to CBS
|
|
|
17,726 |
|
|
|
9,191 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,917 |
|
Obligations for cable distribution rights
|
|
|
2,896 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,896 |
|
Operating leases and employment agreements
|
|
|
19,701 |
|
|
|
17,516 |
|
|
|
15,892 |
|
|
|
14,679 |
|
|
|
12,450 |
|
|
|
107,160 |
|
|
|
187,398 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
84,163 |
|
|
$ |
28,481 |
|
|
$ |
15,971 |
|
|
$ |
214,765 |
|
|
$ |
508,808 |
|
|
$ |
472,208 |
|
|
$ |
1,324,396 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents the redemption value of the three
classes of our preferred stock outstanding at December 31,
2004 should we elect to redeem the preferred stock in the
indicated year, assuming no dividends are paid in cash prior to
redemption (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Junior Exchangeable | |
|
Convertible | |
|
Series B Convertible | |
|
|
Preferred Stock | |
|
Preferred | |
|
Preferred Stock | |
|
|
141/4%(1) | |
|
Stock 93/4%(2) | |
|
16.2%(3) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
2005
|
|
$ |
540,916 |
|
|
$ |
155,323 |
|
|
$ |
667,933 |
|
2006
|
|
|
609,879 |
|
|
|
171,029 |
|
|
|
735,163 |
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
802,393 |
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
869,623 |
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
936,853 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Mandatorily redeemable on November 15, 2006; redeemable by
us. |
|
(2) |
Mandatorily redeemable on December 31, 2006; redeemable by
us. |
|
(3) |
As further discussed above, on November 13, 2003, we
received notice from NBC that NBC was exercising its right under
its investment agreement with us to demand that we redeem or
arrange for a third party to acquire, by payment in cash, all
41,500 outstanding shares of our Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock held by NBC. |
54
As of December 31, 2004, obligations for programming rights
and program rights commitments require collective payments by us
of approximately $45.5 million as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obligations for | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program | |
|
Program Rights | |
|
|
|
|
Rights | |
|
Commitments | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
2005
|
|
$ |
18,436 |
|
|
$ |
25,340 |
|
|
$ |
43,776 |
|
2006
|
|
|
1,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,139 |
|
|
$ |
25,340 |
|
|
$ |
45,479 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On August 1, 2002, we entered into agreements with a
subsidiary of CBS Broadcasting, Inc. (CBS) and Crown
Media United States, LLC (Crown Media) to sublicense
our rights to broadcast the television series Touched By
An Angel (Touched) to Crown Media for exclusive
exhibition on the Hallmark Channel. Under the terms of the
agreement with Crown Media, we are to receive approximately
$47.4 million from Crown Media, $38.6 million of which
will be paid over a three-year period that commenced in August
2002 and the remaining $8.8 million, for the 2002/2003
season, is to be paid over a three-year period that commenced in
August 2003.
Under the terms of our agreement with CBS, we remain obligated
to CBS for amounts due under our pre-existing license agreement,
less estimated programming cost savings of approximately
$15.0 million. As of December 31, 2004, amounts due or
committed to CBS totaled approximately $26.9 million. The
transaction resulted in a gain of approximately
$4.0 million, which is being deferred over the term of the
Crown Media agreement.
We have a significant concentration of credit risk with respect
to the amounts due from Crown Media under the sublicense
agreement. As of December 31, 2004, the maximum amount of
loss due to credit risk that we would sustain if Crown Media
failed to perform under the agreement totaled approximately
$11.5 million, representing the present value of amounts
due from Crown Media. Under the terms of the sublicense
agreement, we have the right to terminate Crown Medias
rights to broadcast Touched if Crown Media fails to make
timely payments under the agreement. Therefore, should Crown
Media fail to perform under the agreement, we could regain our
exclusive rights to broadcast Touched on PAX TV pursuant
to our existing licensing agreement with CBS.
Under our agreement with CBS, we were required to license future
seasons of Touched from CBS upon the series being renewed
by CBS. Under our sublicense agreement with Crown Media, Crown
Media was obligated to sublicense such future seasons from us.
Our financial obligation to CBS for future seasons exceeded the
sublicense fees to be received from Crown Media, resulting in
accrued programming losses to the extent the series was renewed
in future seasons. During the second quarter of 2002, upon the
decision by CBS to renew Touched for the 2002/2003
season, we became obligated to license the 2002/2003 season,
resulting in an accrued programming loss of approximately
$10.7 million. This amount was offset in part by a decrease
in our estimated loss on the 2001/2002 season of approximately
$7.8 million, resulting in a net accrued programming loss
of $2.9 million. The change in estimate for the 2001/2002
season was due to the sublicensing agreement with Crown Media
and a lower number of episodes produced than previously
estimated. In 2003, CBS determined that it would not renew
Touched for the 2003/2004 season.
55
Our obligations to CBS for Touched will be partially
funded through the sub-license fees from Crown Media. As of
December 31, 2004, our obligation to CBS and our receivable
from Crown Media related to Touched are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts Due | |
|
|
|
|
Obligations to | |
|
from | |
|
|
|
|
CBS | |
|
Crown Media | |
|
Net Amount | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
2005
|
|
$ |
17,726 |
|
|
$ |
(10,439 |
) |
|
$ |
7,287 |
|
|
2006
|
|
|
9,191 |
|
|
|
(1,711 |
) |
|
|
7,480 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,917 |
|
|
|
(12,150 |
) |
|
|
14,767 |
|
Amount representing interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
610 |
|
|
|
610 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
26,917 |
|
|
$ |
(11,540 |
) |
|
$ |
15,377 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2004, obligations for cable distribution
rights require collective payments by us of approximately
$2.9 million in 2005.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123
(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, which is a revision of
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation. SFAS No. 123R supersedes
Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB)
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, and amends SFAS No. 95,
Statement of Cash Flows. Generally, the approach to
accounting for share-based payments in SFAS No. 123R
is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123.
However, SFAS No. 123R requires all share-based
payments to employees, including grants of employee stock
options, to be recognized in the financial statements based upon
their fair values (i.e., pro forma footnote disclosure is no
longer an alternative to financial statement recognition).
SFAS No. 123R is effective for public entities at the
beginning of the first interim or annual period beginning after
June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS No. 123R is
not expected to have a significant impact on our financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
In October 2004, the FASB ratified Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF) 04-8, Accounting Issues Related to
Certain Features of Contingently Convertible Debt and the Effect
on Diluted Earnings Per Share. The new rules require
companies to include shares issuable upon conversion of
contingently convertible debt in their diluted earnings per
share calculations regardless of whether the debt has a market
price trigger that is above the current fair market value of our
common stock that makes the debt currently not convertible. The
new rules are effective for reporting periods ending on or after
December 15, 2004. We do not have any convertible debt and,
therefore, EITF 04-8 will not have any effect on our
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153,
Exchanges of Non-monetary Assets, which amends a
portion of the guidance in APB No. 29, Accounting for
Non-monetary Transactions. Both SFAS No. 153 and
APB No. 29 require that exchanges of non-monetary assets be
measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. APB
No. 29 allowed for non-monetary exchanges of similar
productive assets. SFAS No. 153 eliminates that
exception and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges
of non-monetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A
non-monetary exchange has commercial substance if the future
cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as
a result of the exchange. SFAS No. 153 is effective
for non-monetary assets exchanges occurring in fiscal periods
beginning after June 15, 2005. Any non-monetary asset
exchanges will be accounted for under SFAS No. 153. We
do not expect SFAS No. 153 to have a material effect
on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In December 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation
No. 46 (revised December 2003) Consolidation of
Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of Accounting
Research Bulletin (ARB) No. 51
(FIN 46). FIN 46 clarifies the application
of ARB No. 51 to certain entities in which the equity
investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling
financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for
the entity to finance its activities without additional
subordinated financial support from other parties. Application
56
of FIN 46 is required in financial statements of public
entities that have interests in variable interest entities or
potential variable interest entities commonly referred to as
special-purpose entities for periods ending after
December 15, 2003. Application by public entities for all
other types of entities is required in financial statements for
periods ending after March 15, 2004. The adoption of
FIN 46 did not have any impact on our financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
|
|
Item 7A. |
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk |
The tables below provide information about our market sensitive
financial instruments and constitute forward-looking
statements. All items described are non-trading.
Our primary market risk exposure is changing interest rates. We
manage interest rate risks through the use of a combination of
fixed and floating rate debt. We use interest rate swaps to
adjust interest rate exposures when appropriate, based upon
market conditions. Expected maturity dates for variable rate
debt are based upon contractual maturity dates. Average interest
rates on variable rate debt are based on implied forward rates
in the yield curve at the reporting date.
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based
on relevant market information about the financial instrument.
These estimates are subjective in nature and involve
uncertainties and matters of significant judgment. The fair
value of variable rate debt approximates the carrying value
since interest rates are variable and thus approximate current
market rates.
At December 31, 2004 we had $365.0 million of floating
rate indebtedness outstanding under our senior secured floating
rate notes. As discussed in further detail in
Item 7 Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Results of Operations Liquidity and
Capital Resources, we refinanced our previously existing
senior credit facility with the proceeds of our January 2004
offering of $365.0 million senior secured floating rate
notes. The table below reflects the balance of the previously
existing senior credit facility at December 31, 2003, after
giving effect to the interest rate and maturity date applicable
to the new senior secured floating rate notes. The senior
secured floating rate notes bear interest at a rate of LIBOR
plus 2.75% per year, with the LIBOR rate being reset
quarterly. The senior secured floating rate notes mature in
January 2010. Additionally, at December 31, 2004, we had
$0.5 million of floating rate indebtedness outstanding
under a mortgage for our headquarters building. The mortgage
bears interest at a rate of the U.S. Treasury Index for
Five Year Notes plus 2.85% per year, reset once every five
years. The final maturity date for the mortgage is June 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected Maturity Date | |
|
Fair Value | |
|
|
| |
|
December 31, | |
December 31, 2004 |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2007 | |
|
2008 | |
|
2009 | |
|
Thereafter | |
|
Total | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Variable rate debt
|
|
$ |
64 |
|
|
$ |
71 |
|
|
$ |
79 |
|
|
$ |
86 |
|
|
$ |
95 |
|
|
$ |
365,048 |
|
|
$ |
365,443 |
|
|
$ |
365,443 |
|
Average interest rates
|
|
|
8.22 |
% |
|
|
6.85 |
% |
|
|
6.85 |
% |
|
|
6.85 |
% |
|
|
6.85 |
% |
|
|
7.33 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected Maturity Date | |
|
Fair Value | |
|
|
| |
|
December 31, | |
December 31, 2003 |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2007 | |
|
2008 | |
|
Thereafter | |
|
Total | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Variable rate debt
|
|
$ |
61 |
|
|
$ |
65 |
|
|
$ |
71 |
|
|
$ |
79 |
|
|
$ |
86 |
|
|
$ |
335,768 |
|
|
$ |
336,130 |
|
|
$ |
336,130 |
|
Average interest rates
|
|
|
9.59 |
% |
|
|
8.63 |
% |
|
|
7.66 |
% |
|
|
7.66 |
% |
|
|
7.66 |
% |
|
|
6.76 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 8. |
Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial
Data |
The response to this item is submitted in a separate section of
this report.
|
|
Item 9. |
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on
Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
None.
57
|
|
Item 9A. |
Controls and Procedures |
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As required by Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as of December 31, 2004 we carried out an
evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of
our disclosure controls and procedures. This evaluation was
carried out under the supervision and with the participation of
our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our
Chief Financial Officer. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief
Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that
because the material weakness in internal control over our
accounting for leases described below existed as of
December 31, 2004, our disclosure controls and procedures
were not effective as of December 31, 2004. It should be
noted that the design of any system of controls is based in part
upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events
and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in
achieving its stated goals under all potential future
conditions, regardless of how remote.
Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other
procedures that are designed to ensure that information required
to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported
within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange
Commissions rules and forms. Disclosure controls and
procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures
designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in
our reports filed under the Exchange Act is accumulated and
communicated to management, including our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer as appropriate, to allow
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In addition to
our evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, we
reviewed our internal control over financial reporting and have
determined that we had a material weakness relating to our
internal controls over our historical accounting practices for
leases.
From approximately 1999 through 2002, we entered into various
long-term operating leases that provided for escalating lease
payments. Historically, we had recognized the expense associated
with certain of these operating leases based on the annual cash
outflows required. Under Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (GAAP), we are required to recognize the annual
amount of lease expense using the straight-line method over the
term of the lease. During our annual external audit, we
determined that our control relating to the capturing of and the
accounting for lease escalation clauses was designed improperly.
In the fourth quarter of 2004, we recorded an adjustment that
increased net loss in the amount of $4.0 million of which
approximately $3.1 million pertained to periods prior to
2004.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
As described above, we reviewed our internal control over
financial reporting and other than correcting the material
weakness identified above there were no changes in our internal
control over financial reporting identified in connection with
the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of
Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act that have materially
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our
internal control over financial reporting.
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term
is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the
supervision and with the participation of management, including
our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting based on the framework in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the
COSO Framework). Based on the evaluation under the
COSO Framework, our management concluded that our internal
control over financial reporting was not effective as of
58
December 31, 2004. Our report is included in Item 8 of
this Report. Our managements assessment of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2004 has been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in
Item 8 of this Report.
|
|
Item 9B. |
Other Information |
Not applicable.
PART III
|
|
Item 10. |
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant |
Information required by this item regarding directors and
officers is incorporated by reference from the definitive Proxy
Statement being filed by the Company for the Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be held on June 10, 2005.
|
|
Item 11. |
Executive Compensation |
Information required by this item is incorporated by reference
from the definitive Proxy Statement being filed by the Company
for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on
June 10, 2005.
|
|
Item 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
Information required by this item is incorporated by reference
from the definitive Proxy Statement being filed by the Company
for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on
June 10, 2005.
|
|
Item 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions |
Information required by this item is incorporated by reference
from the definitive Proxy Statement being filed by the Company
for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on
June 10, 2005.
|
|
Item 14. |
Principal Accountant Fees and Services |
Information required by this item is incorporated by reference
from the definitive Proxy Statement being filed by the Company
for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on
June 10, 2005.
PART IV
|
|
Item 15. |
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
(a) The following documents are filed as part of the report:
|
|
|
1. The financial statements filed as part of this report
are listed separately in the Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page F-1 of this
report. |
|
|
2. The Financial Statement Schedule filed as part of this
report is listed separately in the Index to Consolidated
Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page
F-1 of this report. |
|
|
3. For Exhibits see Item 15(b), below. Each management
contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be
filed as an exhibit hereto is listed in Exhibits Nos.
10.27, 10.28, 10.157, 10.208, 10.208.1, 10.208.2, 10.208.3,
10.224, 10.225, 10.225.1, 10.227, 10.227.1, 10.228, 10.231,
10.231.1, 10.231.2, 10.232, 10.232.1 and 10.233 of
Item 15(b) below. |
59
(b) List of Exhibits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
Description of Exhibits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
.1.1 |
|
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company(2) |
|
|
3 |
.1.6 |
|
|
|
Certificate of Designation of the Companys
93/4%
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock(7) |
|
|
3 |
.1.7 |
|
|
|
Certificate of Designation of the Companys
141/4%
Cumulative Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock(7) |
|
|
3 |
.1.8 |
|
|
|
Certificate of Designation of the Companys 16.2%
Series B Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock(8) |
|
|
3 |
.1.9 |
|
|
|
Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of
the Company(16) |
|
|
3 |
.2 |
|
|
|
Bylaws of the Company(11) |
|
|
4 |
.4 |
|
|
|
Investment Agreement, dated as of September 15, 1999, by
and between the Company and National Broadcasting Company,
Inc.(8) |
|
|
4 |
.4.1 |
|
|
|
Stockholder Agreement, dated as of September 15, 1999,
among the Company, National Broadcasting Company, Inc., Lowell
W. Paxson, Second Crystal Diamond Limited Partnership and Paxson
Enterprises, Inc.(8) |
|
|
4 |
.4.2 |
|
|
|
Class A Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated
September 15, 1999, with respect to up to
13,065,507 shares of Class A Common Stock(8) |
|
|
4 |
.4.3 |
|
|
|
Class A Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated
September 15, 1999, with respect to up to
18,966,620 shares of Class A Common Stock(8) |
|
|
4 |
.4.5 |
|
|
|
Form of Indenture with respect to the Companys 8% Exchange
Debentures due 2009(8) |
|
|
4 |
.4.6 |
|
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 15, 1999,
between the Company and National Broadcasting Company, Inc.(8) |
|
|
4 |
.5 |
|
|
|
Indenture, dated as of June 10, 1998, by and between the
Company, the Guarantors named therein and the Bank of New York,
as Trustee, with respect to the New Exchange Debentures(7) |
|
|
4 |
.6 |
|
|
|
Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2001, among the Company,
the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New
York, as Trustee, with respect to the Companys
10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008(12) |
|
|
4 |
.8 |
|
|
|
Indenture, dated as of January 14, 2002, among the Company,
the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New
York, as Trustee, with respect to the Companys
121/4% Senior
Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009(14) |
|
|
4 |
.9 |
|
|
|
Indenture, dated as of January 12, 2004, among the Company,
the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New
York, as Trustee, with respect to the Companys Senior
Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2010(19) |
|
|
10 |
.27 |
|
|
|
Paxson Communications Corp. Profit Sharing Plan(1) |
|
|
10 |
.28 |
|
|
|
Paxson Communications Corp. Stock Incentive Plan(1) |
|
|
10 |
.83.1 |
|
|
|
Facility Lease Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2003, by and
between the Company and The Christian Network, Inc.(18) |
|
|
10 |
.157 |
|
|
|
Paxson Communications Corporation 1996 Stock Incentive Plan(4) |
|
|
10 |
.183 |
|
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 9, 1997, by and
among Channel 46 of Tucson, Inc., Paxson Communications of
Tucson-46, Inc. and Sungilt Corporation, Inc.(5) |
|
|
10 |
.186 |
|
|
|
Option Agreement, dated November 14, 1997, by and between
the Company and Flinn Broadcasting Corporation for Television
station WCCL-TV, New Orleans, Louisiana(6) |
|
|
10 |
.187 |
|
|
|
Option Agreement, dated November 14, 1997, by and between
the Company and Flinn Broadcasting Corporation for Television
station WFBI-TV, Memphis, Tennessee(6) |
|
|
10 |
.193 |
|
|
|
Programming Agreement, dated August 11, 1998, by and
between Paxson Communications of Chicago-38, Inc. and Christian
Communications of Chicagoland Inc.(6) |
|
|
10 |
.208 |
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated October 16, 1999, by and
between the Company and Lowell W. Paxson(9) |
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
Description of Exhibits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
.208.1 |
|
|
|
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 16,
2002, by and between the Company and Lowell W. Paxson(15) |
|
|
10 |
.208.2 |
|
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement, dated as of
January 15, 2004 between the Company and Lowell W.
Paxson(19) |
|
|
10 |
.208.3 |
|
|
|
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 9,
2005, between the Company and Lowell W. Paxson |
|
|
10 |
.209 |
|
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 21, 1999, by and
between the Company and DP Media, Inc.(9) |
|
|
10 |
.209.1 |
|
|
|
Restated and Amended Asset Purchase Agreement, dated
November 21, 1999, by and between Paxson Communications
Corporation and DP Media(10) |
|
|
10 |
.210 |
|
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement dated April 30, 1999, by and
between DP Media of Boston, Inc. and Boston University
Communications, Inc. for television stations WABU (TV), Boston,
MA WZBU (TV), Vineyard Haven, MA WNBU (TV), Concord, NH and Low
Power television station W67BA (TV) Dennis, MA(9) |
|
|
10 |
.217 |
|
|
|
Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2001, among the Company,
the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New
York, as Trustee, with respect to the Companys
103/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.6)(12) |
|
|
10 |
.219 |
|
|
|
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 2, 2001,
by and among the Company, S&E Network, Inc., the Subsidiary
Guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New York, as
Trustee(13) |
|
|
10 |
.221 |
|
|
|
Indenture, dated as of January 14, 2002, among the Company,
the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New
York, as Trustee, with respect to the Companys
121/4% Senior
Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.8)(14) |
|
|
10 |
.224 |
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between the
Company and Anthony L. Morrison, effective January 1, 2004 |
|
|
10 |
.225 |
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between the
Company and Dean M. Goodman, effective January 1, 2004 |
|
|
10 |
.225.1 |
|
|
|
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated February 9, 2005,
between the Company and Dean M. Goodman |
|
|
10 |
.227 |
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between the
Company and Seth A. Grossman, effective January 1, 2004 |
|
|
10 |
.227.1 |
|
|
|
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated February 9, 2005,
between the Company and Seth A. Grossman |
|
|
10 |
.228 |
|
|
|
Paxson Communications Corporation 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as
amended(16) |
|
|
10 |
.229 |
|
|
|
Indenture, dated as of January 12, 2004, among the Company,
the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New
York, as Trustee, with respect to the Companys Senior
Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2010 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.9) |
|
|
10 |
.230 |
|
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated January 5, 2004, among the
Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and Citigroup
Global Markets Inc., Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., and CIBC
World Markets Corp., as representatives of the Initial
Purchasers(19) |
|
|
10 |
.231 |
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between the
Company and Richard Garcia, effective as of January 1,
2004(20) |
|
|
10 |
.231.1 |
|
|
|
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated February 9, 2005,
between the Company and Richard Garcia |
|
|
10 |
.231.2 |
|
|
|
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated March 15, 2005,
between the Company and Richard Garcia(23) |
|
|
10 |
.232 |
|
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2004, as
amended effective January 1, 2005, by and between the
Company and Adam K. Weinstein(21) |
|
|
10 |
.232.1 |
|
|
|
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated February 9, 2005,
between the Company and Adam K. Weinstein |
61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
Description of Exhibits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
.233 |
|
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Company and
members of the Board of Directors of the Company(22) |
|
|
14 |
.1 |
|
|
|
Code of Ethics and Business Conduct(19) |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Company |
|
|
23 |
.1 |
|
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP |
|
|
23 |
.2 |
|
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP |
|
|
31 |
.1 |
|
|
|
Certification by the Chief Executive Officer of Paxson
Communications Corporation pursuant to Rule 13a-14 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended |
|
|
31 |
.2 |
|
|
|
Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of Paxson
Communications Corporation pursuant to Rule 13a-14 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended |
|
|
32 |
.1 |
|
|
|
Certification by the Chief Executive Officer of Paxson
Communications Corporation pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
|
32 |
.2 |
|
|
|
Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of Paxson
Communications Corporation pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
|
99 |
.1 |
|
|
|
Tax Exemption Savings Agreement, dated May 15, 1994,
between the Company and The Christian Network, Inc.(3) |
|
|
(1) |
Filed with the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-4, filed September 26, 1994, Registration
No. 33-84416, and incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(2) |
Filed with the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K,
dated March 31, 1995 (Commission File No. 1-13452),
and incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(3) |
Filed with the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1, as amended, filed January 26, 1996,
Registration No. 333-473, and incorporated herein by
reference. |
|
(4) |
Filed with the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-8, filed January 22, 1997, Registration
No. 333-20163, and incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(5) |
Filed with the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q, dated September 30, 1997 (Commission File
No. 1-13452), and incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(6) |
Filed with the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K,
dated December 31, 1997 (Commission File No. 1-13452),
and incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(7) |
Filed with the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-4, as amended, filed July 23, 1998,
Registration No. 333-59641, and incorporated herein by
reference. |
|
(8) |
Filed with the Companys Form 8-K, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on September 24, 1999
(Commission File No. 1-13452), and incorporated herein by
reference. |
|
(9) |
Filed with the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K,
dated December 31, 1999 (Commission File No. 1-13452),
and incorporated herein by reference. |
|
|
(10) |
Filed with the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q, dated March 31, 2000, and incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(11) |
Filed with the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q, dated March 31, 2001, and incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(12) |
Filed with the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q, dated June 30, 2001, and incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(13) |
Filed with the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-4, as amended, filed September 10, 2001,
Registration No. 333-69192, and incorporated herein by
reference. |
|
(14) |
Filed with the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K,
dated December 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by
reference. |
62
|
|
(15) |
Filed with the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K,
dated December 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by
reference. |
|
(16) |
Filed with the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q, dated March 31, 2003, and incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(17) |
Filed with the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q, dated June 30, 2003, and incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(18) |
Filed with the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q, dated September 30, 2003, and incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(19) |
Filed with the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K,
dated December 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by
reference. |
|
(20) |
Filed with the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q, dated June 30, 2004, and incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(21) |
Filed with the Companys Form 8-K, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on January 7, 2005, and
incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(22) |
Filed with the Companys Form 8-K, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2005,
and incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(23) |
Filed with the Companys Form 8-K, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2005, and
incorporated herein by reference. |
(c) The financial statement schedule filed as part of this
report is listed separately in the Index to Financial Statements
beginning on page F-1 of this report.
63
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereto duly authorized, in the City of West Palm Beach, State
of Florida, on April 29, 2005.
|
|
|
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
Lowell W. Paxson |
|
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive |
|
Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signatures |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ LOWELL W. PAXSON
Lowell
W. Paxson |
|
Chairman of the Board, Director and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
April 29, 2005 |
|
/s/ RICHARD GARCIA
Richard
Garcia |
|
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
April 29, 2005 |
|
/s/ TAMMY G. HEDGE
Tammy
G. Hedge |
|
Vice President, Controller and
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer) |
|
April 29, 2005 |
|
/s/ BRUCE L. BURNHAM
Bruce
L. Burnham |
|
Director |
|
April 29, 2005 |
|
/s/ JOHN E. OXENDINE
John
E. Oxendine |
|
Director |
|
April 29, 2005 |
|
/s/ HENRY J. BRANDON
Henry
J. Brandon |
|
Director |
|
April 29, 2005 |
|
/s/ ELIZABETH J. HUDSON
Elizabeth
J. Hudson |
|
Director |
|
April 29, 2005 |
|
/s/ W. LAWRENCE PATRICK
W.
Lawrence Patrick |
|
Director |
|
April 29, 2005 |
64
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
|
|
|
F-8 |
|
|
|
|
F-9 |
|
|
|
|
F-10 |
|
|
|
|
F-11 |
|
|
|
|
F-56 |
|
F-1
MANAGEMENTS REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL
REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting, as that term
is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our
internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and includes those policies and
procedures that:
|
|
|
|
|
pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions
of our assets; |
|
|
provide reasonable assurance that the transactions are recorded
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and
that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of our management and
directors; and |
|
|
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our
assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements. |
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have
inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined
to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with
respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process that
involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses
in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures.
Internal control over financial reporting also can be
circumvented by collusions or improper management override.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods
are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our principal executive officer and
principal financial officer, we have conducted an evaluation of
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2004 based upon the framework
in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission. In the course of conducting this evaluation, we
determined that we had a material weakness as of
December 31, 2004 relating to our internal controls over
our historical accounting practices for leases. A material
weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control
deficiencies, that results in a more than remote likelihood that
a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial
statements will not be prevented or detected.
From approximately 1999 through 2002, we entered into various
long-term operating leases that provided for escalating lease
payments. Historically, we had recognized the expense associated
with certain of these operating leases based on the annual cash
outflows required. Under Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (GAAP), we are required to recognize the annual
amount of lease expense using the straight-line method over the
term of the lease. During our annual external audit, we
determined that our control relating to the capturing of and the
accounting for lease escalation clauses was designed improperly.
In the fourth quarter of 2004, we recorded an adjustment that
increased net loss in the amount of $4.0 million of which
approximately $3.1 million pertained to periods prior to
2004.
Based on our evaluation, our management has concluded that,
because the material weakness in internal control described
above existed as of December 31, 2004, our internal control
over financial reporting was not effective at December 31,
2004.
Managements assessment of the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2004 has been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.
Ernst & Young LLP has issued an attestation report on
our internal control over financial reporting. The report is
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the
heading, Report of Independent Registered Certified Public
Accountants.
F-2
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Paxson Communications Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Paxson Communications Corporation as of December 31, 2004
and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders deficit and cash flows for each of the two
years in the period ended December 31, 2004. Our audits
also included the financial statement schedule listed in the
index at item 15(a). These financial statements and
schedule are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Paxson Communications Corporation at
December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, and the
consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the two years in the period December 31, 2004, in
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial
statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic
financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.
West Palm Beach, Florida
March 29, 2005
F-3
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Paxson Communications Corporation
We have audited managements assessment, included in the
accompanying Managements Annual Report on Internal Control
over Financial Reporting, that Paxson Communications Corporation
did not maintain effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2004, because of the effect of
the Companys insufficient controls over the calculation
and recording of its lease commitments in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, based on criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Paxson Communication
Corporations management is responsible for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on managements assessment and an opinion on the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, evaluating
managements assessment, testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of
control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote
likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim
financial statements will not be prevented or detected. The
following material weakness has been identified and included in
managements assessment. In its assessment as of
December 31, 2004, management identified as a material
weakness that a control relating to the capturing of and the
accounting for lease escalation clauses was designed improperly,
which resulted in the understatement of rent expense and related
liability accounts. This material weakness was considered in
determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests
applied in our audit of the December 31, 2004 financial
statements, and this report does not affect our report dated
March 29, 2005 on those financial statements.
In our opinion, managements assessment that Paxson
Communications Corporation did not maintain effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004,
is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO
control criteria. Also, in our opinion, because of the effect of
the material weakness described above on the achievement of the
objectives of the control criteria, Paxson Communica-
F-4
tions Corporation has not maintained effective internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on
the COSO control criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of Paxson Communications Corporation
as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders
deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period
ended December 31, 2004, and our report dated
March 29, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
West Palm Beach, Florida
April 26, 2005
F-5
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING
FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Paxson Communications Corporation:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of
operations, of changes in stockholders deficit and of cash
flows of Paxson Communications Corporation and its subsidiaries
present fairly, in all material respects, the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the year ended
December 31, 2002 in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition,
in our opinion, the Schedule of Valuation and Qualifying
Accounts attached as Schedule II, presents fairly, in all
material respects, the information set forth therein for the
year ended December 31, 2002 when read in conjunction with
the related consolidated financial statements. These financial
statements and financial statement schedule are the
responsibility of the Companys management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit.
We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with
the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As described in Note 1, during 2002 the Company ceased
amortizing its indefinite lived intangible assets.
|
|
|
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP |
Miami, Florida
March 27, 2003, except for Note 2 and the first
paragraph of Note 11, which appear in the financial
statements included in the Companys Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2003 and are not presented herein,
as to which the date is March 29, 2004
F-6
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands except | |
|
|
share data) | |
ASSETS |
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
82,047 |
|
|
$ |
97,123 |
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
5,993 |
|
|
|
12,948 |
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
$648 and $1,090, respectively
|
|
|
24,961 |
|
|
|
24,357 |
|
|
Program rights
|
|
|
38,853 |
|
|
|
41,659 |
|
|
Amounts due from Crown Media
|
|
|
9,885 |
|
|
|
13,883 |
|
|
Deposits for programming letters of credit
|
|
|
24,603 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
3,119 |
|
|
|
4,406 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
189,461 |
|
|
|
194,376 |
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
103,526 |
|
|
|
120,841 |
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FCC license intangible assets
|
|
|
843,462 |
|
|
|
843,140 |
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
40,448 |
|
|
|
50,814 |
|
Program rights, net of current portion
|
|
|
19,581 |
|
|
|
28,640 |
|
Amounts due from Crown Media, net of current portion
|
|
|
1,655 |
|
|
|
11,540 |
|
Investments in broadcast properties
|
|
|
2,205 |
|
|
|
2,736 |
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
2,556 |
|
|
|
7,301 |
|
Other assets, net
|
|
|
21,411 |
|
|
|
24,289 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
1,224,305 |
|
|
$ |
1,283,677 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE AND CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
STOCK
AND STOCKHOLDERS DEFICIT |
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
$ |
40,500 |
|
|
$ |
39,303 |
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
16,073 |
|
|
|
14,875 |
|
|
Current portion of obligations for program rights
|
|
|
18,436 |
|
|
|
35,382 |
|
|
Current portion of obligations to CBS
|
|
|
17,726 |
|
|
|
19,556 |
|
|
Current portion of obligations for cable distribution rights
|
|
|
2,896 |
|
|
|
2,494 |
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
16,344 |
|
|
|
15,573 |
|
|
Current portion of senior secured and senior subordinated notes
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
112,039 |
|
|
|
127,244 |
|
Obligations for program rights, net of current portion
|
|
|
1,703 |
|
|
|
7,902 |
|
Obligations to CBS, net of current portion
|
|
|
9,191 |
|
|
|
27,704 |
|
Obligations for cable distribution rights, net of current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
283 |
|
Deferred revenue, net of current portion
|
|
|
6,898 |
|
|
|
6,898 |
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
194,706 |
|
|
|
175,281 |
|
Senior secured and senior subordinated notes, net of current
portion
|
|
|
1,004,029 |
|
|
|
925,547 |
|
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
471,355 |
|
|
|
410,739 |
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
10,980 |
|
|
|
7,857 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,810,901 |
|
|
|
1,689,455 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mandatorily redeemable and convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
740,745 |
|
|
|
684,067 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (See Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders deficit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common stock, $0.001 par value; one vote per
share; 215,000,000 shares authorized and 60,545,269 and
63,131,125 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
Class B common stock, $0.001 par value; ten votes per
share; 35,000,000 shares authorized and
8,311,639 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
Class C non-voting common stock, $0.001 par value,
77,500,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock warrants and call option
|
|
|
66,663 |
|
|
|
66,663 |
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
542,138 |
|
|
|
540,377 |
|
|
Deferred stock option compensation
|
|
|
(10,687 |
) |
|
|
(17,167 |
) |
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(1,925,524 |
) |
|
|
(1,679,789 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders deficit
|
|
|
(1,327,341 |
) |
|
|
(1,089,845 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, mandatorily redeemable and convertible
preferred stock and stockholders deficit
|
|
$ |
1,224,305 |
|
|
$ |
1,283,677 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-7
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands except share and per share data) | |
NET REVENUES (net of agency commissions of $46,565, $46,067, and
$44,975, respectively)
|
|
$ |
276,630 |
|
|
$ |
270,939 |
|
|
$ |
276,921 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and broadcast operations (excluding stock-based
compensation of $1,012, $1,872 and $575)
|
|
|
56,472 |
|
|
|
51,954 |
|
|
|
51,204 |
|
|
Program rights amortization
|
|
|
53,616 |
|
|
|
51,082 |
|
|
|
77,980 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative (excluding stock-based
compensation of $7,489, $10,894 and $3,235)
|
|
|
121,835 |
|
|
|
110,976 |
|
|
|
132,305 |
|
|
Business interruption insurance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,617 |
) |
|
Time brokerage and affiliation fees
|
|
|
4,466 |
|
|
|
4,403 |
|
|
|
4,079 |
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
8,501 |
|
|
|
12,766 |
|
|
|
3,810 |
|
|
Adjustment of programming to net realizable value
|
|
|
4,645 |
|
|
|
1,066 |
|
|
|
41,270 |
|
|
Restructuring (credits) charges
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
2,173 |
|
|
Reserve for state taxes
|
|
|
691 |
|
|
|
3,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
43,664 |
|
|
|
42,983 |
|
|
|
58,529 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
293,885 |
|
|
|
278,333 |
|
|
|
369,733 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on sale or disposal of broadcast and other assets, net
|
|
|
4,836 |
|
|
|
51,589 |
|
|
|
22,906 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(12,419 |
) |
|
|
44,195 |
|
|
|
(69,906 |
) |
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(94,192 |
) |
|
|
(92,202 |
) |
|
|
(85,214 |
) |
|
Dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
(60,616 |
) |
|
|
(27,539 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
2,811 |
|
|
|
3,440 |
|
|
|
2,363 |
|
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
1,876 |
|
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(6,286 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,552 |
) |
|
Gain on modification of program rights obligations
|
|
|
1,481 |
|
|
|
2,103 |
|
|
|
1,520 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(169,221 |
) |
|
|
(69,662 |
) |
|
|
(166,913 |
) |
Income tax provision
|
|
|
(18,751 |
) |
|
|
(6,551 |
) |
|
|
(169,273 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(187,972 |
) |
|
|
(76,213 |
) |
|
|
(336,186 |
) |
Dividends and accretion on redeemable and convertible preferred
stock
|
|
|
(57,763 |
) |
|
|
(70,104 |
) |
|
|
(110,099 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(245,735 |
) |
|
$ |
(146,317 |
) |
|
$ |
(446,285 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted loss per common share
|
|
$ |
(3.61 |
) |
|
$ |
(2.14 |
) |
|
$ |
(6.88 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
68,139,205 |
|
|
|
68,389,640 |
|
|
|
64,849,068 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-8
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock | |
|
Stock | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock | |
|
Warrants | |
|
Subscription | |
|
Additional | |
|
Deferred | |
|
|
|
Other | |
|
Total | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
and Call | |
|
Notes | |
|
Paid-In | |
|
Stock Option | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
Comprehensive | |
|
Stockholders | |
|
Comprehensive | |
|
|
Class A | |
|
Class B | |
|
Option | |
|
Receivable | |
|
Capital | |
|
Compensation | |
|
Deficit | |
|
Loss | |
|
Deficit | |
|
Loss | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Balance at January 1, 2002
|
|
$ |
56 |
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
|
$ |
68,384 |
|
|
$ |
(1,088 |
) |
|
$ |
512,194 |
|
|
$ |
(6,537 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,087,187 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,350 |
) |
|
$ |
(515,520 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(336,186 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(336,186 |
) |
|
$ |
(336,186 |
) |
|
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,796 |
) |
|
|
(1,796 |
) |
|
|
(1,796 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(337,982 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred stock option compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(267 |
) |
|
|
267 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,810 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,810 |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,182 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,183 |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on stock subscription notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(489 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(489 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Reserve on stock subscription notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
830 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
830 |
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends on redeemable and convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(88,373 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(88,373 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Accretion on redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21,726 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21,726 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2002
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
68,384 |
|
|
|
(747 |
) |
|
|
513,109 |
|
|
|
(2,460 |
) |
|
|
(1,533,472 |
) |
|
|
(3,146 |
) |
|
|
(958,267 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76,213 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76,213 |
) |
|
$ |
(76,213 |
) |
Unrealized gain on interest rate swap
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,146 |
|
|
|
3,146 |
|
|
|
3,146 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(73,067 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred stock option compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,314 |
|
|
|
(27,314 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,607 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,607 |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
568 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
574 |
|
|
|
|
|
Expiration of common stock warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,721 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,721 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of employee withholding taxes on exercise of common
stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,335 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,335 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Reduction of stock subscription notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
747 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
747 |
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends on redeemable and convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(69,009 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(69,009 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Accretion on redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,095 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,095 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
66,663 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
540,377 |
|
|
|
(17,167 |
) |
|
|
(1,679,789 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,089,845 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(187,972 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(187,972 |
) |
|
$ |
(187,972 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(187,972 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred stock option compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,756 |
|
|
|
(1,756 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,236 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,236 |
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock exchanged for options
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends on redeemable and convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(56,175 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(56,175 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Accretion on redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,588 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,588 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
$ |
61 |
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
|
$ |
66,663 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
542,138 |
|
|
$ |
(10,687 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,925,524 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(1,327,341 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-9
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$ |
(187,972 |
) |
|
$ |
(76,213 |
) |
|
$ |
(336,186 |
) |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
43,664 |
|
|
|
42,983 |
|
|
|
58,529 |
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
8,501 |
|
|
|
12,766 |
|
|
|
3,810 |
|
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
6,286 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,552 |
|
|
Restructuring (credits) charges
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
486 |
|
|
Program rights amortization
|
|
|
53,616 |
|
|
|
51,082 |
|
|
|
77,980 |
|
|
Adjustment of programming to net realizable value
|
|
|
4,645 |
|
|
|
1,066 |
|
|
|
41,270 |
|
|
Payments for cable distribution rights
|
|
|
(123 |
) |
|
|
(4,347 |
) |
|
|
(9,286 |
) |
|
Non-cash barter revenue
|
|
|
(129 |
) |
|
|
(66 |
) |
|
|
(659 |
) |
|
Program rights payments and deposits
|
|
|
(67,682 |
) |
|
|
(34,239 |
) |
|
|
(116,243 |
) |
|
Provision for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
(418 |
) |
|
|
(126 |
) |
|
Deferred income tax provision
|
|
|
19,425 |
|
|
|
6,670 |
|
|
|
168,611 |
|
|
Reserve on stock subscription notes receivable
|
|
|
(407 |
) |
|
|
(240 |
) |
|
|
830 |
|
|
Gain on sale or disposal of broadcast and other assets, net
|
|
|
(4,836 |
) |
|
|
(51,589 |
) |
|
|
(22,906 |
) |
|
Equity in income of unconsolidated investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(80 |
) |
|
|
(460 |
) |
|
Dividends and accretion on
141/4%
mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
60,616 |
|
|
|
27,539 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion on senior subordinated discount notes
|
|
|
49,172 |
|
|
|
43,660 |
|
|
|
37,480 |
|
|
Gain on modification of program rights obligations
|
|
|
(1,481 |
) |
|
|
(2,103 |
) |
|
|
(1,520 |
) |
|
Business interruption insurance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,697 |
) |
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
|
|
|
(1,834 |
) |
|
|
9,697 |
|
|
|
1,418 |
|
|
|
Decrease in amounts due from Crown Media
|
|
|
13,883 |
|
|
|
4,404 |
|
|
|
3,221 |
|
|
|
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
975 |
|
|
|
(1,450 |
) |
|
|
354 |
|
|
|
Decrease in other assets
|
|
|
6,514 |
|
|
|
5,931 |
|
|
|
7,842 |
|
|
|
Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
4,963 |
|
|
|
5,210 |
|
|
|
4,809 |
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest
|
|
|
1,198 |
|
|
|
254 |
|
|
|
(599 |
) |
|
|
Decrease in obligations to CBS
|
|
|
(18,861 |
) |
|
|
(7,649 |
) |
|
|
(9,938 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
|
(9,717 |
) |
|
|
32,916 |
|
|
|
(75,428 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease (increase) in short-term investments
|
|
|
6,955 |
|
|
|
4,125 |
|
|
|
(4,923 |
) |
|
|
|
Deposits for programming letters of credit
|
|
|
(24,603 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions of broadcasting properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(265 |
) |
|
|
|
Increase in investments in broadcast properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(15,845 |
) |
|
|
(26,732 |
) |
|
|
(31,177 |
) |
|
|
|
Proceeds from sales of broadcast assets
|
|
|
9,988 |
|
|
|
83,332 |
|
|
|
26,647 |
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of broadcast towers and property and equipment
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from insurance recoveries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,722 |
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(170 |
) |
|
|
(132 |
) |
|
|
(836 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(23,647 |
) |
|
|
60,929 |
|
|
|
(7,689 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings of long-term debt
|
|
|
365,000 |
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
336,338 |
|
|
Repayments of long-term debt
|
|
|
(335,687 |
) |
|
|
(20,152 |
) |
|
|
(2,898 |
) |
|
Redemption of
121/2%
exchange debentures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(284,410 |
) |
|
Payment of loan origination costs
|
|
|
(11,441 |
) |
|
|
(2,259 |
) |
|
|
(10,886 |
) |
|
Debt extinguishment premium and costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,302 |
) |
|
Payments of employee withholding taxes on exercise of common
stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,335 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options, net
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
1,182 |
|
|
Repayment of stock subscription notes receivable
|
|
|
413 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
18,288 |
|
|
|
(22,487 |
) |
|
|
25,024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(15,076 |
) |
|
|
71,358 |
|
|
|
(58,093 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
97,123 |
|
|
|
25,765 |
|
|
|
83,858 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
|
|
$ |
82,047 |
|
|
$ |
97,123 |
|
|
$ |
25,765 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-10
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
1. |
NATURE OF THE BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES |
Basis of Presentation
Paxson Communications Corporation (the Company), a
Delaware corporation, was organized in 1993. The Company owns
and operates television stations nationwide, and on
August 31, 1998, launched PAX TV. PAX TV is the brand name
for the programming that the Company broadcasts through its
owned, operated and affiliated television stations, and through
certain cable television system owners and satellite television
providers.
The Companys business operations presently do not provide
sufficient cash flow to support its debt service and preferred
stock dividend requirements. In September 2002, the Company
engaged Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and in August 2003 the
Company engaged Citigroup Global Markets Inc. to act as the
Companys financial advisors to assess the Companys
business plan, capital structure and future capital needs and to
explore strategic alternatives for the Company. The Company
terminated these engagements in March 2005 as no viable
strategic transactions had been developed on terms that the
Company believed would be in the best interest of the
Companys stockholders. While the Company continues to
consider strategic alternatives that may arise, which may
include the sale of all or part of the Companys assets,
finding a strategic partner who would provide the financial
resources to enable the Company to redeem, restructure or
refinance the Companys debt and preferred stock, or
finding a third party to acquire the Company through a merger or
other business combination or through a purchase of the
Companys equity securities, the Companys principal
efforts are focused on improving core business operations and
increasing cash flow (see Note 15).
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant
inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less and are stated at
cost.
Short-Term Investments
Short-term investments consist of marketable government
securities with original maturities of one year or less. All
short-term investments are classified as trading and are
recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices.
Accounts Receivable
The Company carries accounts receivable at the amount it
believes to be collectible. Accordingly, the Company provides
allowances for accounts receivable it believes to be
uncollectible based on managements best estimates. The amounts
of accounts receivable that ultimately become uncollectible
could vary significantly from the Companys estimates.
F-11
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Property and Equipment
Purchases of property and equipment, including additions and
improvements and expenditures for repairs and maintenance that
significantly add to productivity or extend the economic lives
of assets, are capitalized at cost and depreciated using the
straight line method over their estimated useful lives as
follows (see Note 5):
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcasting towers and equipment
|
|
|
4-30 years |
|
Office furniture and equipment
|
|
|
5-10 years |
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements
|
|
|
7-40 years |
|
Aircraft, vehicles and other
|
|
|
5 years |
|
Leasehold improvements are depreciated using the straight-line
method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated
useful life of the related asset. Maintenance, repairs, and
minor replacements are charged to expense as incurred.
Intangible Assets
The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets (SFAS 142) effective January 1,
2002. SFAS No. 142 addresses financial accounting and
reporting for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets.
Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets
that have indefinite lives are not amortized but rather are
tested at least annually for impairment. Intangible assets that
have finite useful lives continue to be amortized over their
estimated useful lives. Under SFAS No. 142, the
Company no longer amortizes its FCC license intangible assets
(which the Company believes have an indefinite life). Under
previous accounting standards, these assets were being amortized
over 25 years. The Company tests its FCC license intangible
assets for impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of
these assets, based upon an independent appraisal, with their
recorded amounts on an aggregate basis as a single unit of
accounting since the Company operates PAX TV as a single asset,
a consolidated distribution platform. No FCC license intangible
asset impairment loss was recognized upon adoption. However, due
to the deferred tax consequences of SFAS No. 142, the
Company was required to increase its deferred tax asset
valuation allowance in 2002. In addition, the Company tested its
FCC license intangible assets for impairment as of
December 31, 2004 and 2003 by comparing the estimated fair
value of these assets, based upon an independent appraisal, with
their recorded amount. No impairment charge was required as a
result of this testing.
Intangible assets that have finite useful lives continue to be
amortized over their estimated useful lives and primarily
consist of cable and satellite distribution rights which are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the related
contracts, which terms are generally ten years (see
Note 6). In 1998, the Company began entering into cable and
satellite distribution agreements for periods generally up to
ten years in markets where the Company does not own a television
station. Certain of these distribution agreements also provided
the Company with some level of promotional advertising to be run
at the discretion of the distributor, primarily during the first
few years to support the launch of the Companys PAX TV
network on the cable systems. The Company had been amortizing
these assets on an accelerated basis in order to give effect to
the advertising component included in certain of these
agreements. In 2003, the Company determined that it had
previously over-amortized certain of these assets and recorded a
$6.9 million reduction of its amortization expense,
resulting in a corresponding increase in intangible assets. The
remaining unamortized costs, which were being amortized over
seven years, are being amortized over the remaining contractual
life of the agreements.
F-12
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Program Rights
The Companys programming consists of both originally
developed programs and syndicated programs that have previously
aired on other networks. The Company generally has unlimited
exclusive domestic broadcast rights for its original programs.
For syndicated programs, the Company licenses the exclusive
domestic distribution rights for a fixed cost over the license
term. Program rights are carried at the lower of unamortized
cost or estimated net realizable value. Program rights and the
related liabilities are recorded at the contractual amounts when
the programming is available to air. Original programming
generally is amortized on a straight line or accelerated method
over three to four years based on expected usage. Syndicated
programming rights are amortized over the licensing agreement
term using the greater of the straight line per run or straight
line over the license term method. The estimated costs of
programming which will be amortized during the next year are
included in current assets; program rights obligations which
become due within the next year are included in current
liabilities.
The Company periodically evaluates the net realizable value of
its program rights based on anticipated future usage of
programming and the anticipated future ratings and related
advertising revenue to be generated on a daypart basis. The
Company also evaluates whether future revenues will be
sufficient to recover the cost of programs the Company is
committed to purchase in the future and, if estimated future
revenues are insufficient, the Company accrues a loss related to
its programming commitments. For the years ended
December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company recorded
charges of approximately $4.6 million, $1.1 million
and $41.3 million, respectively, related to the write-down
of program rights to their estimated net realizable value and
losses on programming commitments.
Cable and Satellite Distribution Rights
As discussed above, the Company has entered into agreements with
cable and satellite distributors for carriage on their systems.
The Company generally enters into agreements with cable
distributors in markets not currently served by a Company owned
television station. The Company pays fees based on the number of
cable television subscribers reached and in certain instances
provides a specified amount of airtime per hour or per week in
which the distributor may sell local advertising. Obligations
for cable distribution rights which will be paid within the next
year are included in current liabilities. The Company has also
entered into agreements with cable system operators to improve
channel positioning on certain cable systems. Amounts paid for
channel improvement with a stipulated termination date are
amortized over the term of the agreement using the straight-line
method. Amounts paid for channel improvement with no stipulated
termination date are amortized on a straight-line basis over a
maximum life of ten years. As of December 31, 2004,
obligations for cable distribution rights require collective
payments by the Company of approximately $2.9 million in
2005.
The agreements with certain satellite distributors provide for
payment in advertising credits, to be determined at the
prevailing market rate at the time of placement. Deferred
revenue from the advertising credits provided is recognized as
advertising revenue when advertising credits are utilized. An
estimate of the advertising credit that will be utilized within
the next year is included in deferred revenues as a current
liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and
amounted to $7.5 million as of December 31, 2004 and
2003. An estimate of the advertising credit that will be
utilized beyond December 31, 2005 and 2004 is included in
deferred revenues as a long-term liability in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets and amounted to $6.9 million as
of December 31, 2004 and 2003. Additionally, these
agreements provide a specified amount of time per week in which
the distributor may sell advertising time.
F-13
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Investments in Broadcast Properties
Investments in broadcast properties represent options held by
the Company to purchase certain television broadcasting
stations. In connection with these option agreements, the
Company has obtained the right to provide programming to the
related stations pursuant to time brokerage agreements
(TBAs) and has options to purchase certain of the
related station assets and FCC licenses at various amounts and
terms (see Note 15).
Included in depreciation and amortization in the years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, is a
$0.5 million and $5.4 million impairment charge
recorded in connection with a purchase option on a television
station. The $5.4 million impairment recorded in 2003
existed in periods prior to the year ended December 31,
2003.
Long-Lived Assets
Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. SFAS No. 144
supersedes SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to be
Disposed Of and Accounting Principles Board Opinion
(APB) No. 30, Reporting the Results of
Operations Reporting the Effects of the Disposal of
a Segment Business and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently
Occurring Events and Transactions. SFAS No. 144
establishes a single accounting model for assets to be disposed
of by sale whether previously held and used or newly acquired.
SFAS No. 144 retains the provisions of APB No. 30
for presentation of discontinued operations in the income
statement, but broadens the presentation to include a component
of an entity. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 did not
have a material impact on the Companys consolidated
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
The Company reviews long-lived assets and reserves for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that, based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows, the
carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. If
the Companys analysis indicates that a possible impairment
exists, the Company is required to then estimate the fair value
of the asset determined either by third party appraisal or
estimated discounted future cash flows. It is possible that the
estimated life of certain long-lived assets will be reduced
significantly in the near term due to the anticipated industry
migration from analog to digital broadcasting. If and when the
Company becomes aware of such a reduction of useful lives,
depreciation expense will be adjusted prospectively to ensure
assets are fully depreciated upon migration.
The Company classifies assets as held for sale following
criteria established in SFAS No. 144, including when,
in the opinion of management, the sale of the asset is probable
of completion within one year. Assets held for sale are recorded
at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to
sell. The Company does not depreciate assets while they are
classified as held for sale. The results of operations of assets
held for sale are not classified as discontinued operations
since they are not considered a component under
SFAS No. 144.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Companys derivative financial instruments (including
certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) are
recorded on the balance sheet as either an asset or a liability
measured at fair value. Changes in the derivative
instruments fair value are recognized in earnings unless
specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting
for qualifying hedges allows a derivative instruments
gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in
the statement of operations, to the extent effective, and
requires that the Company must formally document, designate, and
assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge
accounting.
F-14
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As described in Note 9, the Company utilized an interest
rate swap to manage the impact of interest rate changes on the
Companys previously existing senior credit facility. The
interest rate swap matured on October 15, 2003 and was not
renewed. Under the interest rate swap, the Company agreed with
the other party to exchange, at specified intervals, the
difference between fixed-rate and floating-rate interest amounts
calculated by reference to an agreed notional principal amount.
Income or expense under these instruments was recorded on an
accrual basis as an adjustment to the yield of the underlying
exposures over the periods covered by the contracts. The Company
has accounted for the swap as a cash flow hedge pursuant to
SFAS No. 133 Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended, with
changes in the fair value included as a component of other
comprehensive loss.
Other comprehensive gain (loss) represents the unrealized gain
(loss) on the Companys interest rate swap accounted for as
a cash flow hedge totaling approximately $3.1 million and
($1.8) million for the years ended December 31, 2003
and 2002, respectively. No income tax benefit has been recorded
related to these losses due to uncertainty regarding realization
of the Companys deferred tax assets.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized as commercial spots or long form
programming are aired and, for the majority of network
commercial spots only, as ratings guarantees to advertisers are
achieved. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, included in
deferred revenues as a current liability in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets is approximately $5.2 million
and $4.5 million, respectively, related to ratings
guarantee shortfalls.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended
December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, advertising expenses
amounted to $12.2 million, $8.4 million and
$8.6 million, respectively, and are included in selling,
general and administrative expenses in the accompanying
consolidated statements of operations.
Time Brokerage Agreements
The Company operates certain stations under TBAs, whereby the
Company has agreed to provide the station with programming and
sells and retains all advertising revenue during such
programming. The broadcast station licensee retains
responsibility for ultimate control of the station in accordance
with FCC policies. The Company pays a fixed fee to the station
owner as well as certain expenses of the station and performs
other functions. The financial results of TBA operated stations
are included in the Companys statements of operations from
the date of commencement of the TBA.
Stock-Based Compensation
Employee stock options are accounted for using the intrinsic
value method. Stock-based compensation to non-employees is
accounted for using the fair value method. When options are
granted to employees, a non-cash charge representing the
difference between the exercise price and the quoted market
price of the common stock underlying the vested options on the
date of grant is recorded as stock-based compensation expense
with the balance deferred and amortized over the remaining
vesting period.
F-15
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Had compensation expense for employee stock options granted been
determined using the fair value method the Companys net
loss and net loss per share would have been as follows (in
thousands except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(245,735 |
) |
|
$ |
(146,317 |
) |
|
$ |
(446,285 |
) |
Add: Stock-based compensation expense determined under the
intrinsic value method and included in reported net loss
|
|
|
8,501 |
|
|
|
12,766 |
|
|
|
3,810 |
|
Deduct: Total stock-based compensation expense determined under
the fair value method
|
|
|
(8,632 |
) |
|
|
(15,079 |
) |
|
|
(7,317 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(245,866 |
) |
|
$ |
(148,630 |
) |
|
$ |
(449,792 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted net loss per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$ |
(3.61 |
) |
|
$ |
(2.14 |
) |
|
$ |
(6.88 |
) |
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
(3.61 |
) |
|
|
(2.17 |
) |
|
|
(6.94 |
) |
The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of
grant using the Black Scholes option pricing model assuming, for
2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively, a dividend yield of zero for
all years; expected volatility of 70%, 78% to 79%, and 72% to
74%; risk free rate of return of 2.7% to 4.5%, 2.8% to 3.4%, and
2.6% to 3.9%; and expected lives of 1.5 to 6 years,
1 day, and 1 day.
Income and Other Taxes
The Company records deferred income taxes using the liability
method. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax
consequences of temporary differences between the financial
statement and income tax bases of the Companys assets and
liabilities.
An allowance is recorded, based upon currently available
information, when it is more likely than not that any or all of
a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Companys
income tax provision consists of taxes currently payable, if
any, and the change during the year of deferred tax assets and
liabilities.
As previously described, upon adoption of SFAS No. 142
on January 1, 2002, the Company no longer amortizes its FCC
license intangible assets. Under previous accounting standards,
these assets were being amortized over 25 years. Although
the provisions of SFAS No. 142 stipulate that
indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, the
Company is required under SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes, to recognize deferred
tax liabilities and assets for temporary differences related to
its FCC license intangible assets and the tax-deductible portion
of these assets. Prior to adopting SFAS No. 142, the
Company considered its deferred tax liabilities related to its
FCC license intangible assets as a source of future taxable
income in assessing the realization of its deferred tax assets.
Because indefinite-lived intangible assets are no longer
amortized for financial reporting purposes under
SFAS No. 142, the related deferred tax liabilities
will not reverse until some indeterminate future period should
FCC license intangible assets become impaired or be disposed of.
Therefore, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities related to
the FCC license intangible assets is no longer considered a
source of future taxable income in assessing the realization of
deferred tax assets. As a result of this accounting change, the
Company was required to record an increase in its deferred tax
asset valuation allowance resulting in a deferred tax liability
of $168.6 million during the year ended December 31,
2002. In addition, the Company will continue to record increases
in its valuation allowance in future periods based on increases
in the deferred tax liabilities and assets for temporary
differences related to FCC license intangible assets.
F-16
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In 2004 and 2003, the Company recorded a reserve for state taxes
(not based on income) of $0.7 million and
$3.1 million, respectively, resulting in a corresponding
increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, in
connection with a tax liability related to certain states in
which the Company has operations. The 2003 charge included an
amount for periods prior to 2003.
Additionally, in 2004 the Company determined that it had not
recorded certain state taxes for purchases in jurisdictions in
which the Company has operations. The Company has determined the
amount of taxes due to be $2.2 million, which resulted in
an increase to property and equipment in the amount of
$1.4 million and an increase to selling, general and
administrative expenses in the amount of $0.8 million. A
significant portion of the state taxes recorded in 2004 pertain
to periods prior to 2004. The majority of these taxes are
delinquent. Because the amount is not material, however, the
Company does not anticipate that it will be required to pay any
significant interest or penalties.
Per Share Data
Basic and diluted loss per share was computed by dividing the
net loss less dividends and accretion on redeemable and
convertible preferred stock by the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding during the period. The effect of stock
options and warrants is antidilutive. Accordingly, basic and
diluted loss per share is the same for all periods presented.
The following securities, which could potentially dilute
earnings per share in the future, were not included in the
computation of loss per share, because to do so would have been
antidilutive (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Stock options outstanding
|
|
|
5,859 |
|
|
|
3,129 |
|
|
|
11,426 |
|
Class A common stock warrants and restricted Class A
common stock outstanding
|
|
|
32,321 |
|
|
|
32,032 |
|
|
|
32,428 |
|
Class A common stock reserved for issuance under
convertible securities
|
|
|
40,712 |
|
|
|
39,903 |
|
|
|
39,167 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,892 |
|
|
|
75,064 |
|
|
|
83,021 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In June 2003, warrants to purchase 240,000 shares of
Class A common stock issued in connection with the issuance
of the
93/4%
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in June 1998 and
warrants to purchase 155,500 shares of Class A
common stock issued to an affiliate of a former member of the
Companys board of directors, which were valued upon
issuance at approximately $1.7 million, expired unexercised.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123
(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment
(SFAS No. 123R), which is a revision of
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation. SFAS No. 123R supercedes APB
Opinion No. 25, Accounting for stock Issued to
Employees, and amends SFAS No. 95,
Statement of Cash Flows. Generally, the approach to
accounting for share-based payments in SFAS No. 123R
is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123.
However, SFAS No. 123R requires
F-17
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
all share-based payments to employees, including grants of
employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial
statements based upon their fair values (i.e., pro forma
footnote disclosure is no longer an alternative to financial
statement recognition). SFAS No. 123R is effective for
public entities at the beginning of the first interim or annual
period beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company does not
expect the adoption of SFAS No. 123R to have a
significant impact on its financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
In October 2004, the FASB ratified Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF) 04-8, Accounting Issues related to
Certain Features of Contingently Convertible Debt and the Effect
on Diluted Earnings Per Share. The new rules require
companies to include shares issuable upon conversion of
contingently convertible debt in their diluted earnings per
share calculations regardless of whether the debt has a market
price trigger that is above the current fair market value of the
companys common stock that makes the debt currently not
convertible. The new rules are effective for reporting periods
ending on or after December 15, 2004. The Company does not
have any convertible debt and, therefore, EITF 04-8 will
not have any impact on the Companys financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153,
Exchanges of Non-monetary Assets, which amends a
portion of the guidance in Accounting Principles Board Opinion
(APB) No. 29, Accounting for Non-monetary
Transactions. Both SFAS No. 153 and APB
No. 29 require that exchanges of non-monetary assets should
be measured based on fair value of the assets exchanged. APB
No. 29, allowed for non-monetary exchanges of similar
productive assets. SFAS No. 153 eliminates that
exception and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges
of non-monetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A
non-monetary exchange has commercial substance if the future
cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as
a result of the exchange. SFAS No. 153 is effective
for non-monetary assets exchanges occurring in fiscal periods
beginning after June 15, 2005. Any non-monetary asset
exchanges will be accounted for under SFAS No. 153.
The Company does not expect SFAS No. 153 to have a
material impact on the Companys financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
In December 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation
No. 46 (revised December 2003) Consolidation of
Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of Accounting
Research Bulletin (ARB) No. 51
(FIN 46). FIN 46 clarifies the application
of ARB No. 51 to certain entities in which the equity
investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling
financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for
the entity to finance its activities without additional
subordinated financial support from other parties. Application
of FIN 46 is required in financial statements of public
entities that have interests in variable interest entities or
potential variable interest entities commonly referred to as
special-purpose entities for periods ending after
December 15, 2003. Application by public entities for all
other types of entities is required in financial statements for
periods ending after March 15, 2004. The adoption of
FIN 46 did not have any impact on the Companys
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Effective September 15, 1999 (the Issue Date),
the Company entered into an Investment Agreement (the
Investment Agreement) with National Broadcasting
Company, Inc. (NBC), pursuant to which NBC purchased
shares of convertible exchangeable preferred stock (the
Series B preferred stock), and common stock
purchase warrants from the Company for an aggregate purchase
price of $415 million. Further, Mr. Paxson, the
majority stockholder of the Company, and certain entities
controlled by Mr. Paxson granted NBC the right (the
Call Right) to purchase all (but not less than all)
8,311,639 shares of Class B Common Stock of the
Company beneficially owned by Mr. Paxson.
The common stock purchase warrants issued to NBC consist of a
warrant to purchase up to 13,065,507 shares of Class A
Common Stock at an exercise price of $12.60 per share
(Warrant A) and a warrant to purchase up to
18,966,620 shares of Class A Common Stock
(Warrant B) at an exercise price equal to the
average of the closing sale prices of the Class A Common
Stock for the 45 consecutive trading
F-18
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
days ending on the trading day immediately preceding the warrant
exercise date (provided that such price shall not be more than
17.5% higher or 17.5% lower than the six month trailing average
closing sale price). The Warrants are exercisable through
September 2009 subject to certain conditions and limitations.
The Call Right has a per share exercise price equal to the
higher of (i) the average of the closing sale prices of the
Class A Common Stock for the 45 consecutive trading days
ending on the trading day immediately preceding the exercise of
the Call Right (provided that such price shall not be more than
17.5% higher or 17.5% lower than the six month trailing average
closing sale prices), and (ii) $20.00. The owners of the
shares which are subject to the Call Right may not transfer such
shares prior to the sixth anniversary of the Issue Date, and may
not convert such shares into any other securities of the Company
(including shares of Class A Common Stock). Exercise of the
Call Right is subject to compliance with applicable provisions
of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the
Communications Act), and the rules and regulations
of the FCC. The Call Right may not be exercised until Warrant A
and Warrant B have been exercised in full. The Call Right
expires on the tenth anniversary of the Issue Date, or prior
thereto under certain circumstances.
The Company valued the common stock purchase warrants issued to
NBC and the Call Right at $66.7 million. The Company
recorded this value along with transaction costs as a reduction
of the face value of the Series B preferred stock. Such
discount was accreted as preferred stock dividends through
September 2002 using the interest method.
The Investment Agreement requires the Company to obtain the
consent of NBC or its permitted transferee with respect to
certain corporate actions, as set forth in the Investment
Agreement, and grants NBC certain rights with respect to the
operations of the Company. NBC was also granted certain demand
and piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of
Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the
Series B preferred stock (or conversion of any exchange
debentures issued in exchange therefor), exercise of the
Warrants or conversion of the Class B Common Stock subject
to the Call Right.
NBC, the Company, Mr. Paxson and certain entities
controlled by Mr. Paxson also entered into a Stockholder
Agreement, pursuant to which, if permitted by the Communications
Act and FCC rules and regulations, the Company may nominate
persons named by NBC for election to the Companys board of
directors and Mr. Paxson and his affiliates have agreed to
vote their shares of common stock in favor of the election of
such persons as directors of the Company. Should no NBC nominee
be serving as a member of the Companys board of directors,
then NBC may appoint two observers to attend all board meetings.
The Stockholder Agreement further provides that the Company
shall not, without the prior written consent of NBC, enter into
certain agreements or adopt certain plans, as set forth in the
Stockholder Agreement, which would be breached or violated upon
the acquisition of the Company securities by NBC or its
affiliates or would otherwise restrict or impede the ability of
NBC or its affiliates to acquire additional shares of capital
stock of the Company.
The Company and NBC have entered into a number of agreements
affecting the Companys business operations, including an
agreement under which NBC provides network sales, marketing and
research services for the Companys PAX TV Network,
national advertising sales services and Joint Sales Agreements
(JSA) between the Companys stations and
NBCs owned and operated stations serving the same markets.
Pursuant to the terms of the JSAs, the NBC stations sell all
non-network spot advertising of the Companys stations and
receive commission compensation for such sales and the
Companys stations may agree to carry one hour per day of
the NBC stations syndicated or news programming. Certain Company
station operations, including sales operations, are integrated
with the corresponding functions of the related NBC station and
the Company reimburses NBC for the cost of performing these
operations. In March 2004 the Company entered into an agreement
with NBC under which NBC consulted with the Company on the
development, production and programming of scripted and
unscripted television series, games shows and specials for the
2004-2005 broadcast season. The Company committed significant
resources to this programming initiative, and the shows the
Company developed were targeted largely to a younger audience
demographic that is more attractive to
F-19
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
advertisers than the audience demographic that has typically
viewed the Companys programming. The Company launched
those shows on PAX TV at various times during the second half of
2004. To date, this programming initiative has not served to
improve materially the Companys audience ratings or
advertising revenues. The Companys consulting agreement
with NBC has expired and, although the Company continues to fund
its remaining commitments to this programming initiative, the
Company is not currently planning to invest substantial
additional resources in the development of new original
entertainment programming. For the years ended December 31,
2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company incurred expenses totaling
approximately $22.2 million, $20.6 million and
$20.8 million, respectively, for commission compensation
and cost reimbursements to NBC.
As further discussed in Note 12, on November 13, 2003,
NBC exercised its right under the Investment Agreement to demand
that the Company redeem or arrange for a third party to acquire,
by payment in cash, all 41,500 outstanding shares of
Series B preferred stock held by NBC. The aggregate
redemption price payable in respect of such shares, including
accrued dividends thereon, was $600.7 million and
$557.5 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2003,
respectively.
During the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company adopted a plan to
consolidate certain of its operations, reduce personnel and
modify its programming schedule in order to significantly reduce
the Companys cash operating expenditures. In connection
with this plan, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of
approximately $2.6 million in 2002 consisting of
$2.2 million in termination benefits for 95 employees and
$0.4 million for costs associated with exiting leased
properties and consolidating certain operations. Through
December 31, 2004, the Company has paid $2.1 million
in termination benefits to 94 employees and paid
$0.5 million of lease termination and other costs. The
Company accounted for these costs pursuant to the provisions of
SFAS No. 146 Accounting for Costs Associated
with Exit or Disposal Activities. SFAS No. 146
requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or
disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred,
as opposed to when there is a commitment to a restructuring plan
as set forth under EITF 94-3 Liability Recognition
for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to
Exit an Activity, which was nullified under
SFAS No. 146.
In connection with the NBC transactions described in
Note 2, the Company entered into JSAs with certain of
NBCs owned and operated stations in 1999 and 2000. During
the fourth quarter of 2000, the Company approved a plan to
restructure its television station operations by entering into
JSAs primarily with NBC affiliate stations in each of the
Companys remaining non-JSA markets. To date, the Company
has entered into JSAs for 45 of its television stations. The
Companys restructuring plan included two major components:
(1) termination of 226 station sales and administrative
employees; and (2) exiting Company studio and sales office
leased properties. The Company has substantially completed the
JSA restructuring plan.
F-20
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following summarizes the activity in the Companys
restructuring accounts for the years ended December 31,
2004, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts Charged | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance | |
|
(Credited) to Costs | |
|
Cash | |
|
Balance | |
|
|
December 31, 2003 | |
|
and Expenses | |
|
Deductions | |
|
December 31, 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Corporate Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease and other costs
|
|
$ |
51 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(51 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
56 |
|
|
$ |
(5 |
) |
|
$ |
(51 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JSA Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease costs
|
|
$ |
89 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(87 |
) |
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts Charged | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance | |
|
(Credited) to Costs | |
|
Cash | |
|
Balance | |
|
|
December 31, 2002 | |
|
and Expenses | |
|
Deductions | |
|
December 31, 2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Corporate Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease and other costs
|
|
$ |
262 |
|
|
$ |
115 |
|
|
$ |
(326 |
) |
|
$ |
51 |
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
732 |
|
|
|
(67 |
) |
|
|
(660 |
) |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
994 |
|
|
$ |
48 |
|
|
$ |
(986 |
) |
|
$ |
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JSA Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease costs
|
|
$ |
528 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(439 |
) |
|
$ |
89 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts Charged | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance | |
|
(Credited) to Costs | |
|
Cash | |
|
Balance | |
|
|
December 31, 2001 | |
|
and Expenses | |
|
Deductions | |
|
December 31, 2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Corporate Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease and other costs
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
422 |
|
|
$ |
(160 |
) |
|
$ |
262 |
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,218 |
|
|
|
(1,486 |
) |
|
|
732 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,640 |
|
|
$ |
(1,646 |
) |
|
$ |
994 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JSA Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease costs
|
|
$ |
1,717 |
|
|
$ |
(194 |
) |
|
$ |
(995 |
) |
|
$ |
528 |
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
382 |
|
|
|
(273 |
) |
|
|
(109 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,099 |
|
|
$ |
(467 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,104 |
) |
|
$ |
528 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
4. |
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED AND OTHER PARTIES |
In addition to the transactions with NBC described in
Note 2, the Company has entered into certain operating and
financing transactions with related and other parties as
described below.
DP Media, Inc.
In June 2000, the Company completed the acquisition of DP Media,
Inc. (DP Media) for aggregate consideration of
$113.5 million, $106.0 million of which had previously
been advanced by the Company during 1999. DP Media was
beneficially owned by family members of Mr. Paxson, the
majority stockholder of the Company. DP Medias assets
included a 32% equity interest in a limited liability company
controlled by the former stockholders of DP Media, which owns
television station WWDP in Norwell, Massachusetts. In April
2003, the owners of WWDP sold WWDP to Valuevision Media
Acquisition, Inc. for a purchase price of $32.5 million.
The proceeds to the Company of $13.8 million resulted in a
pre-tax gain of approximately $9.9 million. See Note 8.
The Christian Network, Inc.
The Company has entered into several agreements with The
Christian Network, Inc. and certain of its for profit
subsidiaries (individually and collectively referred to herein
as CNI). CNI is a section 501(c)(3)
not-for-profit corporation to which Mr. Paxson, the
majority stockholder of the Company, has been a substantial
contributor and of which he was a member of the Board of
Stewards through 1993.
CNI Master Agreement. In connection with the NBC
transactions described elsewhere herein, in September 1999 the
Company entered into a Master Agreement for Overnight
Programming, Use of Digital Capacity and Public Interest
Programming with CNI, pursuant to which the Company granted CNI,
for a term of 50 years (with automatic ten year renewals,
subject to certain limited conditions), certain rights to
continue broadcasting CNIs programming on Company stations
during the hours of 1:00 a.m. to 6:00 a.m. When
digital programming begins, the Company will make a digital
channel available for CNIs use for 24 hour CNI
digital programming.
License Agreement. The Company and CNI entered into a
three year agreement in March 1999 under which the Company paid
license fees to CNI to broadcast CNIs religious
programming. The license agreement expired in May 2002 without
being renewed. During the year ended December 31, 2002, the
Company paid approximately $93,000 in license fees in connection
with this agreement.
CNI Tax Indemnification Agreement. The Company and CNI
entered into an agreement in May 1994 (the CNI
Agreement) under which the Company agreed that, if the tax
exempt status of CNI were jeopardized by virtue of its
relationships with the Company and its subsidiaries, the Company
would take certain actions to ensure that CNIs tax exempt
status would no longer be so jeopardized. Such steps could
include, but not be limited to, rescission of one or more
transactions or payment of additional funds by the Company. If
the Companys activities with CNI are consistent with the
terms governing their relationship, the Company believes that it
will not be required to take any actions under the CNI
Agreement. However, there can be no assurance that the Company
will not be required to take any actions under the CNI Agreement
at a material cost to the Company.
Network Operations Center. During the third quarter of
2004, the Company purchased the television production and
distribution facility that it had previously leased from CNI,
for an aggregate purchase price of approximately
$1.7 million. Mr. Paxson had personally guaranteed the
mortgage debt incurred by CNI in 1994 in connection with its
acquisition of this facility. This debt was repaid from proceeds
of the Companys acquisition of the Facility. The Company
utilizes this facility primarily as its network operations
center and originates the PAX TV network signal from this
location. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and
2002, the Company incurred lease expense in connection with the
lease of this facility in the amount of
F-22
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
$147,000, $212,000 and $209,000, respectively. In addition, the
Company provided satellite uplink and assembly services at no
cost to CNI pursuant to the lease agreement. The Company and CNI
are currently negotiating a fee arrangement for the satellite
and assembly services being provided to CNI by the Company.
Loans
During December 1996, the Company extended loans to members of
its management to finance their purchase of shares of
Class A Common Stock in the open market. The loans are full
recourse promissory notes bearing interest at 5.75% per
annum and are collateralized by a pledge of the shares of
Class A Common Stock purchased with the loan proceeds. As
of December 31, 2004 and 2003, the outstanding balances on
such loans amounted to $0.3 million and $0.7 million,
respectively. These loans are past their payment terms and,
therefore, have been fully reserved.
|
|
5. |
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT: |
Property and equipment consist of the following as of
December 31, (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Broadcasting towers and equipment
|
|
$ |
233,235 |
|
|
$ |
245,492 |
|
Office furniture and equipment
|
|
|
16,834 |
|
|
|
19,031 |
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements
|
|
|
22,622 |
|
|
|
16,963 |
|
Land and improvements
|
|
|
1,232 |
|
|
|
667 |
|
Aircraft, vehicles and other
|
|
|
3,945 |
|
|
|
3,959 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277,868 |
|
|
|
286,112 |
|
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(174,342 |
) |
|
|
(165,271 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$ |
103,526 |
|
|
$ |
120,841 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and
equipment aggregated approximately $32.6 million,
$34.1 million and $33.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. During the
fourth quarter of 2004, the Company recorded additional
amortization expense of $1.7 million for certain leasehold
improvements to adjust their amortization period to the shorter
of their useful lives or the lease term. Approximately
$1.6 million pertained to periods prior to 2004.
As described in Note 9, the Companys senior secured
floating rate notes are secured by substantially all of the
assets of the Company, including property and equipment.
Intangible assets consist of the following as of
December 31, (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Gross | |
|
|
|
Gross | |
|
|
|
|
Carrying | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
Carrying | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
|
Amount | |
|
Amortization | |
|
Amount | |
|
Amortization | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Amortizable intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable and satellite distribution rights
|
|
$ |
127,793 |
|
|
$ |
(87,740 |
) |
|
$ |
128,810 |
|
|
$ |
(78,957 |
) |
|
Other
|
|
|
5,025 |
|
|
|
(4,630 |
) |
|
|
5,025 |
|
|
|
(4,064 |
) |
Indefinite lived intangible asset:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FCC licenses
|
|
|
843,462 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
843,140 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
976,280 |
|
|
$ |
(92,370 |
) |
|
$ |
976,975 |
|
|
$ |
(83,021 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Amortization expense related to intangible assets aggregated
$10.6 million, $8.9 million and $19.2 million for
the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,
respectively.
Estimated future amortization expense is as follows for the
periods indicated (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
$ |
9,956 |
|
2006
|
|
|
9,832 |
|
2007
|
|
|
9,557 |
|
2008
|
|
|
7,044 |
|
2009
|
|
|
1,195 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
2,864 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
40,448 |
|
|
|
|
|
Program rights consist of the following as of December 31,
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Program rights
|
|
$ |
208,055 |
|
|
$ |
371,146 |
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(149,621 |
) |
|
|
(300,847 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,434 |
|
|
|
70,299 |
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
(38,853 |
) |
|
|
(41,659 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program rights, net
|
|
$ |
19,581 |
|
|
$ |
28,640 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program rights amortization expense amounted to
$53.6 million, $51.1 million and $78.0 million
for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,
respectively.
As of December 31, 2004, the Companys programming
contracts require collective payments by the Company of
approximately $45.5 million as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obligations for | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program | |
|
Program Rights | |
|
|
|
|
Rights | |
|
Commitments | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
2005
|
|
$ |
18,436 |
|
|
$ |
25,340 |
|
|
$ |
43,776 |
|
2006
|
|
|
1,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,139 |
|
|
$ |
25,340 |
|
|
$ |
45,479 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2004 and 2003, the Company recognized a charge of
$4.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively, to reduce
certain programming rights to their net realizable value. This
charge resulted from a change in the estimated future
advertising revenues expected to be generated by certain
programming as a result of a change in expected usage of such
programming.
In January 2003, the Company modified its programming schedule
by replacing 26.5 hours per week of entertainment
programming with long form paid programming. As a result of this
change, the Company decided not to air certain syndicated and
original programs. Therefore, the Company revised its estimate
of future advertising revenues to be generated related to these
programs and recognized a charge of approximately
$38.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2002 related to
these programming assets. Additionally, as further described
below, in the second quarter of 2002 the Company recorded a
$2.9 million accrued programming loss related to
programming commitments for the television series Touched
By An Angel (Touched).
F-24
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
On August 1, 2002, the Company entered into agreements with
a subsidiary of CBS Broadcasting, Inc. (CBS) and
Crown Media United States, LLC (Crown Media) to
sublicense the Companys rights to broadcast Touched
to Crown Media for exclusive exhibition on the Hallmark
Channel. Under the terms of the agreement with Crown Media, the
Company is to receive approximately $47.4 million from
Crown Media, $38.6 million of which is to be paid over a
three-year period that commenced August 2002 and the remaining
$8.8 million, for the 2002/2003 season, is to be paid over
a three-year period that commenced August 2003. In addition, the
agreement with Crown Media provides that Crown Media is
obligated to sublicense from the Company future seasons of
Touched should CBS renew the series. As further described
below, CBS did not renew Touched for the 2003/2004 season.
Under the terms of the Companys agreement with CBS, the
Company remains obligated to CBS for amounts due under its
pre-existing license agreement, less estimated programming cost
savings of approximately $15.0 million. As of
December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Companys liability to
CBS totaled approximately $26.9 million and
$47.3 million, respectively. The sublicense transaction
resulted in a gain of approximately $4.0 million, which was
deferred and is being recorded over the term of the Crown Media
agreement (the deferred gain is included in obligations to CBS
in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and amounted to
$0.9 million and $2.3 million as of December 31,
2004 and 2003, respectively).
The Company has a significant concentration of credit risk with
respect to the amounts due from Crown Media under the sublicense
agreement. As of December 31, 2004, the maximum amount of
loss due to credit risk that the Company would sustain if Crown
Media failed to perform under the agreement totaled
approximately $11.5 million, representing the present value
of amounts due from Crown Media. Under the terms of the
sublicense agreement, the Company has the right to terminate
Crown Medias rights to broadcast Touched if Crown
Media fails to make timely payments under the agreement.
Therefore, should Crown Media fail to perform under the
agreement, the Company could regain its exclusive rights to
broadcast Touched on PAX TV pursuant to its existing
licensing agreement with CBS.
Under its agreement with CBS, the Company is required to license
future seasons of Touched if the series is renewed by
CBS. Under its sublicense agreement with Crown Media, Crown
Media is obligated to sublicense such future seasons from the
Company. The Companys financial obligations to CBS for
such seasons exceed the sublicense fees to be received from
Crown Media. In the second quarter of 2002, upon the decision by
CBS to renew Touched for the 2002/2003 season, the
Company recorded a loss of approximately $10.7 million.
This amount was offset, in part, by a reduction in the
Companys loss on the 2001/2002 season of approximately
$7.8 million, resulting in a net accrued programming loss
of $2.9 million. The change in estimate for the 2001/2002
season was due to the sublicensing agreement with Crown Media
and a lower number of episodes produced than previously
estimated. In 2003, CBS determined that it would not renew
Touched for the 2003/2004 season and, as a consequence, a
loss accrual was not required.
The Companys obligation to CBS for Touched will be
partially funded through the sublicense fees from Crown Media.
As of December 31, 2004, the Companys obligation to
CBS and its receivable from Crown Media related to Touched
are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obligations | |
|
Amounts Due from | |
|
|
|
|
to CBS | |
|
Crown Media | |
|
Net Amount | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
2005
|
|
$ |
17,726 |
|
|
$ |
(10,439 |
) |
|
$ |
7,287 |
|
2006
|
|
|
9,191 |
|
|
|
(1,711 |
) |
|
|
7,480 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,917 |
|
|
|
(12,150 |
) |
|
|
14,767 |
|
Amount representing interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
610 |
|
|
|
610 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
26,917 |
|
|
$ |
(11,540 |
) |
|
$ |
15,377 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the
Company recognized as income a portion of the deferred gains
related to the sublicense transaction with Crown Media and
certain other syndicated programs totaling approximately
$1.5 million, $2.1 million and $1.5 million,
respectively. These amounts are reflected in gain on
modification of program rights obligations in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
The results of operations and the gain or (loss) on sale of
assets held for sale are included in the determination of the
Companys operating income (loss) from continuing
operations in accordance with SFAS No. 144 since these
assets do not constitute a component of the Company under
SFAS No. 144. The Company generally maintains a
geographic presence in the markets where assets have been sold
by airing the PAX TV network through cable distribution
agreements or the Companys other owned or operated
stations in the designated market areas.
Assets held for sale consist of the following as of
December 31, (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Intangible assets, net
|
|
$ |
315 |
|
|
$ |
3,499 |
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
2,241 |
|
|
|
3,802 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,556 |
|
|
$ |
7,301 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in assets held for sale are certain broadcast towers
with a carrying value of $2.2 million and $2.7 million
as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, for which
the Company is in the process of transferring title and
assigning the leases to the buyer.
In May 2004, the Company completed the sale of its television
station KPXJ, serving the Shreveport, Louisiana market, for a
cash purchase price of $10.0 million, resulting in a
pre-tax gain of approximately $6.1 million.
In May 2003, the Company completed the sale of the assets of its
television station KAPX, serving the Albuquerque, New Mexico
market, for a cash purchase price of $20.0 million
resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately $12.3 million.
In April 2003, the Company completed the sale of the assets of
its television stations WMPX, serving the Portland-Auburn, Maine
market, and WPXO, serving the St. Croix, U.S. Virgin
Islands market, for an aggregate cash purchase price of
$10.0 million resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately
$3.1 million.
In April 2003, the Company completed the sale of its limited
partnership interest in television station WWDP, serving the
Boston, Massachusetts market, for approximately
$13.8 million resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately
$9.9 million.
In February 2003, the Company completed the sale of the assets
of its television station KPXF, serving the Fresno, California
market, for a cash purchase price of $35.0 million
resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately $26.6 million.
In October 2002, the Company completed the sale of its
television station WPXB, serving Merrimack, New Hampshire, to
NBC. The Company received cash proceeds of $26.0 million
from the sale and realized a pre-tax gain of approximately
$24.5 million.
F-26
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
9. |
SENIOR SECURED AND SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES |
Senior secured and senior subordinated notes consists of the
following as of December 31, (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2010, secured by
substantially all of the assets of the Company, interest at
LIBOR plus 2.75% (4.82% at December 31, 2004)
|
|
$ |
365,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
121/4% Senior
Subordinated Discount Notes due 2009
|
|
|
496,263 |
|
|
|
496,263 |
|
103/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes, due 2008
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
Senior Credit Facility:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$25.0 million revolving line of credit,
maturing June 30, 2006, interest at LIBOR plus 3.25% or
Base Rate (as defined) plus 2.25% at the Companys option
(4.52% at December 31, 2003)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,000 |
|
|
$50.0 million Term A loan, maturing
December 31, 2005, interest at LIBOR plus 3.25% or Base
Rate (as defined) plus 2.25% at the Companys option (4.85%
at December 31, 2003), quarterly principal payments that
commenced in September 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,750 |
|
|
$285.0 million Term B loan, maturing
June 30, 2006, interest at LIBOR plus 3.25% or Base Rate
(as defined) plus 2.25% at the Companys option (4.43% at
December 31, 2003), quarterly principal payments that
commenced in September 2001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277,875 |
|
Other
|
|
|
443 |
|
|
|
505 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,061,706 |
|
|
|
1,032,393 |
|
Less: discount on Senior Subordinated Discount Notes
|
|
|
(57,613 |
) |
|
|
(106,785 |
) |
Less: current portion
|
|
|
(64 |
) |
|
|
(61 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,004,029 |
|
|
$ |
925,547 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On January 12, 2004, the Company completed a private
offering of $365 million of senior secured floating rate
notes (Senior Secured Notes). The Senior Secured
Notes bear interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 2.75% per
year and will mature on January 10, 2010. The Senior
Secured Notes may be redeemed by the Company at any time at
specified redemption prices and are secured by substantially all
of the Companys assets. In addition, a substantial portion
of the Senior Secured Notes is unconditionally guaranteed, on a
joint and several senior secured basis, by all of the
Companys subsidiaries. The proceeds from the offering were
used to repay in full the outstanding indebtedness under the
Companys Senior Credit Facility, pre-fund letters of
credit supported by the revolving credit portion of the
Companys previously existing Senior Credit Facility and
pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
transaction. The refinancing resulted in a charge in the first
quarter of 2004 in the amount of $6.3 million related to
the debt issuance costs associated with the Senior Credit
Facility.
During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003,
respectively, the Company issued letters of credit to support
its obligation to pay for certain original programming. As of
December 31, 2004, there was approximately
$24.6 million of outstanding letters of credit all of which
have been pre-funded by the Company and are reflected as
deposits for programming letters of credit in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of
December 31, 2003, there were $16.6 million of
outstanding letters of credit supported by the revolving credit
portion of the Companys previously existing Senior Credit
Facility. The settlement of such letters of credit generally
occurs in the first quarter of the year.
F-27
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In January 2002, the Company completed an offering of senior
subordinated discount notes due in 2009 (the
121/4% Notes).
Gross proceeds of the offering totaled approximately
$308.3 million and were used to refinance the
Companys
121/2%
exchange debentures due 2006 and to pay costs related to the
offering. The
121/4% Notes
were sold at a discounted price of 62.132% of the principal
amount at maturity which represents a yield to maturity of
121/4%.
Cash interest on the
121/4% Notes
will be payable semi-annually beginning on July 15, 2006.
The
121/4% Notes
are guaranteed by the Companys subsidiaries. The Company
recognized a loss due to the early extinguishment of debt
totaling $17.6 million in the first quarter of 2002
resulting primarily from the redemption premium and the
write-off of unamortized debt costs associated with the
repayment of the
121/2%
exchange debentures.
The
121/4% Notes
are redeemable at the Companys option on or after
January 15, 2006 at the redemption prices set forth below
(expressed as a percentage of the face value) plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Month Period Beginning January 15, |
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
106.125 |
% |
2007
|
|
|
103.063 |
% |
2008 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000 |
% |
In July 2001, the Company sold $200.0 million of
103/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the
103/4% Notes).
Interest on the
103/4% notes
is payable on January 15 and July 15 of each year. The
103/4% Notes
are redeemable at the Companys option on or after
July 15, 2005 at the redemption prices set forth below
(expressed as a percentage of the face value) plus accrued
interest to the date of redemption:
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Month Period Beginning July 15, |
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
105.375 |
% |
2006
|
|
|
102.688 |
% |
2007
|
|
|
100.000 |
% |
The indentures governing the Senior Secured Notes, the
121/4% Notes
and the
103/4% Notes
contain certain covenants which, among other things, limit the
Companys ability to incur additional indebtedness, other
than refinancing indebtedness, restrict the Companys
ability to pay dividends or redeem its outstanding capital
stock, restrict the Companys ability to make certain
investments or to enter into transactions with affiliates,
restrict the Companys ability to incur liens or merge or
consolidate with any other person, require the Company to pay
all material taxes prior to delinquency, require any asset sales
the Company may conduct to comply with certain requirements,
including as to the use of asset sale proceeds, restrict the
Companys ability to sell interests in its subsidiaries,
and require the Company, in the event its experiences a change
of control, to make an offer to purchase the notes outstanding
under such indentures on specified terms. Events of default
under the indentures include the failure to pay interest within
30 days of the due date, the failure to pay principal when
due, a default under any other debt in an amount greater than
$10.0 million, the entry of a money judgment against the
Company in an amount greater than $10.0 million which
remains unsatisfied for 60 days, the failure to perform any
covenant or agreement under the indentures which continues for
60 days after the Company receives notice of default from
the indenture trustee or holders of at least 25% of the
outstanding notes, and the occurrence of certain bankruptcy
events. The
121/4% Notes
and
103/4% Notes
are general unsecured obligations of the Company subordinate in
right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness
of the Company and senior in right to all future subordinated
indebtedness of the Company.
The Senior Credit Facility that was refinanced with the proceeds
from the January 2004 offering discussed above consisted of a
$25.0 million revolving credit facility, a
$50.0 million Term A facility and a $285.0 million
Term B facility. The interest rate under the Senior Credit
Facility, as amended, was LIBOR plus 3.25% or Base Rate (as
defined) plus 2.25%, at the Companys option. In September
2001, the Company
F-28
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
entered into an interest rate swap in the notional amount of
$144.0 million to hedge the impact of interest rate changes
on a portion of the Companys variable rate indebtedness.
The interest rate swap matured on October 15, 2003 and was
not renewed. The fixed rate under the swap was 3.64% (6.89%
including the spread over LIBOR under the senior credit
facility) and variable rates were indexed to LIBOR. The Company
amended and restated the Senior Credit Facility on May 5,
2003 to consolidate previous amendments and allow for the
issuance of letters of credit, subject to availability, under a
$25.0 million revolving credit facility. At
December 31, 2003, there was $8.0 million in
borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility.
Aggregate maturities of senior secured and senior subordinated
notes at December 31, 2004 are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
$ |
64 |
|
2006
|
|
|
71 |
|
2007
|
|
|
79 |
|
2008
|
|
|
200,086 |
|
2009
|
|
|
496,358 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
365,048 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,061,706 |
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with the Companys senior secured notes and
senior subordinated notes, the Company has incurred debt
issuance costs totaling approximately $26.3 million which
are amortized to interest expense over the term of the
indebtedness using the effective interest method. Included in
other assets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, are
unamortized debt issuance costs amounting to $17.8 million
and $18.6 million, respectively.
The provision for federal and state income taxes for the years
ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 is as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$ |
542 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(542 |
) |
|
State
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
(120 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
674 |
|
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
(662 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
35,080 |
|
|
|
14,513 |
|
|
|
50,723 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
9,020 |
|
|
|
1,244 |
|
|
|
4,348 |
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(63,525 |
) |
|
|
(22,427 |
) |
|
|
(223,682 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,425 |
) |
|
|
(6,670 |
) |
|
|
(168,611 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision for income taxes
|
|
$ |
(18,751 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,551 |
) |
|
$ |
(169,273 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities reflect the tax
effect of differences between financial statement carrying
amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities as follows as of
December 31, (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
$ |
362,300 |
|
|
$ |
314,692 |
|
|
Programming
|
|
|
9,621 |
|
|
|
18,369 |
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
23,915 |
|
|
|
20,687 |
|
|
Deferred interest expense
|
|
|
43,290 |
|
|
|
26,278 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
3,627 |
|
|
|
593 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
442,753 |
|
|
|
380,619 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
|
|
|
(434,062 |
) |
|
|
(370,537 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
8,691 |
|
|
|
10,082 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basis difference on FCC licenses no longer amortized for
financial reporting purposes under SFAS 142
|
|
|
(194,706 |
) |
|
|
(175,281 |
) |
|
|
Basis difference on other fixed assets and certain other
intangible assets
|
|
|
(8,691 |
) |
|
|
(10,082 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liability
|
|
$ |
(194,706 |
) |
|
$ |
(175,281 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The reconciliation of the income tax benefit computed at the
U.S. federal statutory tax rate, to the provision for
income taxes is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Tax benefit at U.S. federal statutory tax rate
|
|
$ |
38,199 |
|
|
$ |
14,743 |
|
|
$ |
58,651 |
|
State income tax benefit, net of federal tax
|
|
|
4,344 |
|
|
|
1,264 |
|
|
|
5,024 |
|
Effect of increase in state tax rate on net deferred liabilities
|
|
|
4,864 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-deductible preferred stock redemption premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,647 |
) |
Disqualified original issue discount
|
|
|
(2,832 |
) |
|
|
(2,451 |
) |
|
|
(2,104 |
) |
Non-deductible items
|
|
|
(264 |
) |
|
|
(247 |
) |
|
|
(515 |
) |
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(63,525 |
) |
|
|
(22,427 |
) |
|
|
(223,682 |
) |
Tax benefit of disposed FCC license intangible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,078 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
463 |
|
|
|
(511 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$ |
(18,751 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,551 |
) |
|
$ |
(169,273 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company has recorded a
valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets net of those
deferred tax liabilities which are expected to reverse in
determinate future periods, as it believes it is more likely
than not that it will be unable to utilize its remaining net
deferred tax assets. The Company recorded a valuation allowance
in the amount of $22.4 million as of December 31,
2003, and $64.0 million as of December 31, 2004. As
previously described in Note 1, following the adoption of
SFAS No. 142 on January 1, 2002, the Company no
longer amortizes its FCC license intangible assets for financial
reporting purposes. Therefore, the reversal of deferred tax
liabilities related to FCC license intangible assets is no
longer considered a source of future taxable income in assessing
the realization of deferred tax assets. As a result of this
accounting change, the Company was required to record an
increase in its deferred
F-30
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
tax asset valuation allowance resulting in a deferred tax
liability of $168.6 million during the year ended
December 31, 2002.
The Company structured the disposition of its radio division in
1997 and its acquisition of television stations during the
period following this disposition in a manner that the Company
believed would qualify these transactions as a like
kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Internal
Revenue Code and would permit the Company to defer recognizing
for income tax purposes up to approximately $333 million of
gain. The IRS has examined the Companys 1997 tax return
and has issued the Company a 30-day letter proposing
to disallow all of the Companys gain deferral. The Company
filed a protest to this determination with the IRS appeals
division, but cannot predict the outcome of this matter at this
time, and may not prevail. In addition, the 30-day
letter offered the Company an alternative position that,
in the event the IRS is unsuccessful in disallowing all of the
gain deferral, approximately $62 million of the
$333 million gain deferral will be disallowed. The Company
filed a protest to this alternative determination as well. The
Company may not prevail with respect to this alternative
determination. Should the IRS successfully challenge the
Companys position and disallow all or part of its gain
deferral, because the Company had net operating losses in the
years subsequent to 1997 in excess of the amount of the deferred
gain, the Company would not be liable for any tax deficiency,
but could be liable for state income taxes. The Company has
estimated the amount of state income tax for which it could be
liable as of December 31, 2004, to be approximately
$8.0 million should the IRS succeed in disallowing the
entire deferred gain. In addition, the Company could be liable
for interest on the tax liability for the period prior to the
carryback of its net operating losses and for interest on any
state income taxes that may be due. The Company has estimated
the amount of federal interest and state interest as of
December 31, 2004, to be approximately $18.0 million
and $4.0 million, respectively, should the IRS succeed in
disallowing the entire deferred gain. Because the Company
previously established a deferred tax liability at the time of
the like-kind exchange and because the Company has
previously established a valuation allowance against its net
operating losses, the use of the Companys losses to offset
any deferred gain disallowance by the IRS would result in a
benefit from income taxes. This matter is currently with the
Appeals Office of the Internal Revenue Service.
The Companys tax provision is based on various factors
including statutory rates and tax planning opportunities
available in the various jurisdictions in which the Company
operates. In the ordinary coarse of business, there are
transactions for which the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain,
thus judgment is required in determining the provision for
income taxes and the associated realizability of deferred tax
assets and liabilities. The Company establishes reserves when it
becomes probable that a tax return position may be challenged
and that the Company may not succeed in completely defending
that challenge. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of
changing facts and circumstances, such as the settlement of a
tax audit. The Companys annual tax rate includes the
impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves. While it
is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of
resolution of any particular matter, the Company believes that
its reserves reflect the probable outcome of known tax
contingencies. Resolution of tax contingencies would be
recognized as an increase or decrease to the Companys tax
rate in the period of resolution.
In the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company recorded a
$4.9 million deferred tax provision, of which
$4.5 million pertained to periods prior to 2004, resulting
from a change in the blended state income tax rate used to
estimate the expected future state tax consequences of temporary
differences between the financial statement and income tax bases
of the Companys assets and liabilities.
The Company has net operating loss carryforwards for income tax
purposes subject to certain carryforward limitations of
approximately $929.0 million at December 31, 2004,
expiring beginning in the year 2009 and ending in the year 2024.
A portion of the net operating losses, amounting to
approximately $10.0 million, is limited to annual
utilization. Additionally, further limitations on the
utilization of the Companys net operating tax loss
carryforwards could result in the event of certain changes in
the Companys ownership.
F-31
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
11. |
STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS |
The Company has established various stock incentive plans to
provide incentives to directors, officers, employees and others
who perform services for the Company through awards of options
and shares of restricted stock. Awards granted under the plans
are at the discretion of the Companys Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors and may be in the form of
either incentive or nonqualified stock options or awards of
restricted stock. Awards granted under the plans generally vest
over a three to five year period. At December 31, 2004,
3,444,603 shares of Class A common stock were
available for additional awards under the plans.
In October 2003, the Company granted options under the
Companys 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, to
purchase 3,598,750 shares of the Companys
Class A common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per
share to certain employees and directors. The options provided
for a one business day exercise period. All holders of the
options exercised their options and received Class A common
stock subject to vesting restrictions (restricted stock award).
The restricted stock awards included retention grants totaling
2,278,000 shares which will vest in their entirety at the
end of a five year period. Of the remaining restricted stock
awards, 1,000,750 will vest ratably over a three year period and
320,000 will vest ratably over a five year period. The award
resulted in non-cash stock based compensation expense, which is
being recognized using the straight-line method over the vesting
period of the awards. For the years ended December 31, 2004
and 2003, the Company recognized approximately $7.1 million
and $1.5 million, respectively, in stock based compensation
expense in connection with these grants. Approximately
$3.2 million will be recognized in 2005; and
$6.1 million will be recognized between 2006 and 2008. The
options are to vest as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Stock | |
|
|
Awards and Options | |
Year Ended December 31, |
|
Vesting | |
|
|
| |
2005
|
|
|
564,500 |
|
2006
|
|
|
321,167 |
|
2007
|
|
|
64,000 |
|
2008
|
|
|
1,956,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,905,667 |
|
|
|
|
|
In October 2004, the Company completed an exchange offer
pursuant to which 3,197,250 restricted shares of Class A
common stock were exchanged for options to purchase an
equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock, at an
exercise price of $0.01 per share with identical vesting
provisions as the original awards. The restricted shares were
originally issued to certain employees and directors in the
October 2003 grant. This exchange did not result in any
additional stock-based compensation expense. The number of
shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding at
the time of exchange was reduced by an amount equal to the
number of restricted shares exchanged.
In January 2003, the Company consummated a stock option exchange
offer under which the Company granted to holders who tendered
their eligible options in the exchange offer new options under
the Companys 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, to
purchase one share of the Companys Class A common
stock for each two shares of Class A common stock issuable
upon the exercise of tendered options, at an exercise price of
$0.01 per share. Because the terms of the new options
provided for a one business day exercise period, all holders who
tendered their eligible options in the exchange offer exercised
their new options promptly after the issuance of those new
options. Approximately 5.5 million options issued under the
Companys stock option plans and 1.8 million
nonqualified options issued in addition to the options granted
under its stock option plans were tendered in the exchange offer
and approximately 2.6 million new shares of Class A
common stock were issued upon exercise of the new options, net
of approximately 1.0 million shares of Class A common
stock withheld, in accordance with the provisions of the 1998
Stock Incentive Plan, at the holders elections to cover
F-32
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
withholding taxes and the option exercise price totaling
approximately $2.4 million. The stock option exchange
resulted in a non-cash stock-based compensation expense of
approximately $8.7 million, of which approximately
$8.6 million related to vested and unvested shares issued
upon exercise of the new options was recognized in the year
ended December 31, 2003 and the remaining $0.1 million
was recognized in 2004. In addition, the remaining deferred
stock compensation expense associated with the original stock
option awards totaling approximately $2.5 million at
December 31, 2002 associated with tendered options was
recognized using the straight-line method over the vesting
period of the modified awards ($0.2 million was recognized
in the year ended December 31, 2004 and $2.3 million
recognized in the year ended December 31, 2003). As of
December 31, 2004, there were 40,000 shares of
restricted stock issued upon the exercise of options issued in
the January 2003 exchange that had not vested as a result of
elections to defer vesting made by the holders.
During 1999, the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors reduced the per share exercise price of 840,000
unvested stock options held by the Companys former CEO to
$.01 and 360,000 vested stock options held by the Companys
former CEO to $1.00. The Company recognized stock based
compensation expense of approximately $0.6 million for the
year ended December 31, 2002, related to these options.
A summary of the activity in the Companys stock incentive
plans is as follows for the years ended December 31,:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
|
Options | |
|
Price | |
|
Options | |
|
Price | |
|
Options | |
|
Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Outstanding, beginning of year
|
|
|
2,606,686 |
|
|
$ |
2.70 |
|
|
|
9,103,336 |
|
|
$ |
5.88 |
|
|
|
9,452,436 |
|
|
$ |
5.91 |
|
Granted
|
|
|
4,316,000 |
|
|
|
.01 |
|
|
|
7,529,409 |
|
|
|
.04 |
|
|
|
80,500 |
|
|
|
7.25 |
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(915,625 |
) |
|
|
4.88 |
|
|
|
(6,410,350 |
) |
|
|
7.25 |
|
|
|
(240,950 |
) |
|
|
7.25 |
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(670,348 |
) |
|
|
.01 |
|
|
|
(7,615,709 |
) |
|
|
.04 |
|
|
|
(188,650 |
) |
|
|
6.37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, end of year
|
|
|
5,336,713 |
|
|
|
.49 |
|
|
|
2,606,686 |
|
|
|
2.70 |
|
|
|
9,103,336 |
|
|
|
5.88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3.72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7.66 |
|
The majority of the Companys option grants have been at
exercise prices which have historically been below the quoted
market price of the underlying common stock at the date of grant.
The following table summarizes information about employee and
director stock options outstanding and exercisable at
December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
|
Number | |
|
Average | |
|
Number | |
|
|
Outstanding | |
|
Remaining | |
|
Exercisable at | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
Contractual | |
|
December 31, | |
Exercise Prices |
|
2004 | |
|
Life | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
$0.01
|
|
|
4,385,652 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
707,902 |
|
$1.00
|
|
|
360,000 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
360,000 |
|
$2.11
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
$3.42
|
|
|
539,511 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
539,511 |
|
$7.25
|
|
|
46,550 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
46,550 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,336,713 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,658,963 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition to the options granted under its stock incentive
plans, the Company has granted nonqualified options to purchase
shares of its Class A common stock to members of senior
management and others. At
F-33
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2004 and 2003, there were 522,500 options
outstanding under these grants with a weighted average exercise
price of $3.04, all of which options are exercisable and 500,000
of which expire in August 2006, 15,000 of which expire in
October 2011 and 7,500 of which expire in May 2012. During 2002,
the Companys Chairman and CEO voluntarily surrendered
1.0 million options previously granted. The Company
recognized stock-based compensation related to these grants of
approximately $(0.4) million for the year ended
December 31, 2002.
A summary of the activity in the Companys nonqualified
options not granted under its stock incentive plans is as
follows for the years ended December 31,:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
|
Options | |
|
Price | |
|
Options | |
|
Price | |
|
Options | |
|
Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Outstanding, beginning of year
|
|
|
522,500 |
|
|
$ |
3.04 |
|
|
|
2,322,500 |
|
|
$ |
8.62 |
|
|
|
3,200,000 |
|
|
$ |
10.23 |
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122,500 |
|
|
|
7.25 |
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,800,000 |
) |
|
|
10.24 |
|
|
|
(1,000,000 |
) |
|
|
10.35 |
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, end of year
|
|
|
522,500 |
|
|
|
3.04 |
|
|
|
522,500 |
|
|
|
3.04 |
|
|
|
2,322,500 |
|
|
|
8.62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
6.70 |
|
The following table summarizes information about nonqualified
options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining | |
|
|
|
|
Number | |
|
Contractual | |
|
Number | |
Exercise Price |
|
Outstanding | |
|
Life | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
$2.85
|
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
500,000 |
|
$7.25
|
|
|
22,500 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
22,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
522,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
522,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. |
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK |
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150,
Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity. This
statement establishes standards for classifying and measuring as
liabilities certain financial instruments that embody
obligations of the issuer and have characteristics of both
liabilities and equity. SFAS No. 150 requires
liability classification for mandatorily redeemable equity
instruments not convertible into common stock such as the
Companys
141/4%
Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock. The Company adopted
SFAS No. 150 effective July 1, 2003. Upon
adoption, the Company recorded a deferred asset for the
unamortized issuance costs and recorded a liability for the
mandatorily redeemable preferred stock balance related to its
141/4%
Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock. In addition, the
amortization of the issuance costs and the dividends related to
the
141/4%
Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock are being recorded as
interest expense beginning July 1, 2003 versus the
recording of these costs as dividends and accretion on
redeemable preferred stock in prior periods. Restatement of
prior periods is not permitted upon adoption of
SFAS No. 150. The Companys
93/4%
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and 16.2%
Series B Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock are not
affected by the provisions of SFAS No. 150 because of
their equity conversion features.
F-34
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following represents a summary of the changes in the
Companys mandatorily redeemable preferred stock for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004
and the aggregate liquidation preference and accumulated
dividends as of December 31, 2004 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141/4% Junior | |
|
93/4% | |
|
16.2% Series B | |
|
121/2% | |
|
|
|
|
Exchangeable | |
|
Convertible | |
|
Convertible | |
|
Exchangeable | |
|
|
|
|
Preferred | |
|
Preferred | |
|
Preferred | |
|
Preferred | |
|
|
|
|
Stock | |
|
Stock | |
|
Stock | |
|
Stock | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Mandatorily redeemable and convertible preferred stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2002
|
|
$ |
310,068 |
|
|
$ |
103,140 |
|
|
$ |
471,062 |
|
|
$ |
279,890 |
|
|
$ |
1,164,160 |
|
|
Accretion
|
|
|
1,185 |
|
|
|
496 |
|
|
|
20,021 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
21,726 |
|
|
Accrual of cumulative dividends
|
|
|
43,245 |
|
|
|
10,684 |
|
|
|
33,200 |
|
|
|
1,244 |
|
|
|
88,373 |
|
|
Exchange into debentures (see Note 9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(281,158 |
) |
|
|
(281,158 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2002
|
|
|
354,498 |
|
|
|
114,320 |
|
|
|
524,283 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
993,101 |
|
|
Accretion
|
|
|
596 |
|
|
|
499 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,095 |
|
|
Accrual of cumulative Dividends
|
|
|
24,044 |
|
|
|
11,765 |
|
|
|
33,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,009 |
|
|
Reclassification as a liability on July 1, 2003
|
|
|
(379,138 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(379,138 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126,584 |
|
|
|
557,483 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
684,067 |
|
|
Accretion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
503 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
503 |
|
|
Accrual of cumulative dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,955 |
|
|
|
43,220 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56,175 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
140,042 |
|
|
$ |
600,703 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
740,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at July 1, 2003
|
|
$ |
379,138 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reclassification of unamortized issuance costs on July 1,
2003
|
|
|
4,062 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual of cumulative dividends from July 1, 2003 through
December 31, 2003
|
|
|
27,539 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
410,739 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual of cumulative dividends
|
|
|
60,616 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
$ |
471,355 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate liquidation preference and accumulated dividends at
December 31, 2004
|
|
$ |
471,355 |
|
|
$ |
141,058 |
|
|
$ |
600,703 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,213,116 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121/2%
Exchangeable Preferred Stock
In January 2002 the Company exchanged all issued and outstanding
shares of its
121/2%
Exchangeable Preferred Stock in the amount of
$281.2 million, including accumulated but unpaid dividends,
into
121/2%
Exchange Debentures. The
121/2%
Exchange Debentures were then redeemed with proceeds from the
issuance of the
121/4% Notes
described in Note 9.
F-35
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
141/4%
Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock
During 1998, the Company issued 20,000 shares of Cumulative
Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock (the Junior
Exchangeable Preferred Stock) with a $200.0 million
aggregate liquidation preference for gross proceeds of an
equivalent amount. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the
Company had authorized 72,000 shares of $0.001 par
value Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock of which 46,310 and
40,355 shares were issued and outstanding, respectively.
Holders of the Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock were
initially entitled to cumulative dividends at an annual rate of
131/4%
of the liquidation preference, payable semi-annually in cash or
additional shares beginning November 15, 1998 and
accumulating from the issue date. If dividends for any period
ending after May 15, 2003 are paid in additional shares of
Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the dividend rate will
increase 1% for that dividend payment period. Because the
Company elected to continue to pay dividends in additional
shares, the dividend rate increased to
141/4%
after May 15, 2003 in accordance with the terms of the
security.
The Company is required to redeem all of the then outstanding
Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock on November 15, 2006,
at a price equal to the aggregate liquidation preference thereof
plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of redemption.
The Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock is redeemable at the
Companys option at any time at the redemption prices set
forth below (expressed as a percentage of liquidation
preference) plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of
redemption:
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve month period beginning May 15, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
103.313 |
% |
2005 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000 |
% |
Upon a change of control, the Company is required to offer to
purchase the Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock at a price
equal to 101% of the liquidation preference thereof plus
accumulated and unpaid dividends. The Company may, provided it
is not contractually prohibited from doing so, exchange the
outstanding Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock on any dividend
payment date for
141/4%
Exchange Debentures due 2006. The Exchange Debentures have
redemption features similar to those of the Junior Exchangeable
Preferred Stock. For the years ended December 31, 2004,
2003 and 2002, the Company paid dividends of approximately
$59.6 million, $50.2 million and $42.5 million,
respectively, by the issuance of additional shares of Junior
Exchangeable Preferred Stock. Accrued Junior Exchangeable
Preferred Stock dividends aggregated approximately
$8.2 million and $7.2 million at December 31,
2004 and 2003, respectively.
93/4% Convertible
Preferred Stock
During 1998, the Company issued 7,500 shares of
93/4%
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (Convertible
Preferred Stock) with an aggregate liquidation preference
of $75.0 million, and warrants to
purchase 240,000 shares of Class A common stock.
Of the gross proceeds of $75.0 million, approximately
$960,000 was allocated to the value of the warrants, which were
exercisable at a price of $16 per share through June 2003.
In June 2003, the warrants to purchase 240,000 shares
of Class A common stock expired unexercised.
At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had authorized
17,500 shares of $0.001 par value Convertible
Preferred Stock of which 14,105 and 12,810 shares were
issued and outstanding, respectively. Holders of the Convertible
Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at
an annual rate of
93/4%,
payable quarterly beginning September 30, 1998 and
accumulating from the issue date. The Company may pay dividends
either in cash, in additional shares of Convertible Preferred
Stock, or (subject to an increased dividend rate) by the
issuance of shares of Class A common stock equal in value
to the amount of such dividends. For the years ended
December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company paid
dividends of approximately $13.0 million,
$11.8 million and $10.7 million, respectively, by the
issuance of additional shares
F-36
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
of Convertible Preferred Stock. At December 31, 2004 and
2003, there were no accrued and unpaid dividends on the
Convertible Preferred Stock.
The Company is required to redeem the Convertible Preferred
Stock on December 31, 2006, at a price equal to the
aggregate liquidation preference thereof plus accumulated and
unpaid dividends to the date of redemption. The Convertible
Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Companys option, at
the redemption price set forth below (expressed as a percentage
of liquidation preference) plus accumulated and unpaid dividends
to the date of redemption:
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve month period beginning June 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
102.00 |
% |
2005 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.00 |
% |
Upon a change of control, the Company is required to offer to
purchase the Convertible Preferred Stock at a price equal to the
liquidation preference thereof plus accumulated and unpaid
dividends. The Convertible Preferred Stock contains
restrictions, primarily based on the trading price of the common
stock, on the issuance of additional preferred stock ranking
senior to the Convertible Preferred Stock. Each share of
Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of
Class A common stock at an initial conversion price of
$16 per share. If the Convertible Preferred Stock is called
for redemption, the conversion right will terminate at the close
of business on the date fixed for redemption. Holders of the
Convertible Preferred Stock have voting rights on all matters
submitted for a vote to the Companys common stockholders
and are entitled to one vote for each share of Class A
common stock into which their Convertible Preferred Stock is
convertible.
16.2% Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
Pursuant to the Investment Agreement, NBC acquired
$415 million aggregate liquidation preference of a new
series of the Companys convertible exchangeable preferred
stock which accrues cumulative dividends from the issue date at
an initial annual rate of 8% and is convertible (subject to
adjustment under the terms of the Certificate of Designation
relating to the Series B preferred stock) into
31,896,032 shares of the Companys Class A common
stock at an initial conversion price of $13.01 per share,
which increases at a rate equal to the dividend rate
($18.83 per share at December 31, 2004). On
September 15, 2004, the rate at which dividends accrue on
the Series B preferred stock was adjusted to 16.2% from 8%
as required by the terms of the Certificate of Designation of
the Companys Series B preferred stock. At
December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had
41,500 shares of $0.001 par value Series B
preferred stock authorized, issued and outstanding.
On November 13, 2003, the Company received notice from NBC
that NBC has exercised its right under its investment agreement
with the Company to demand that the Company redeem or arrange
for a third party to acquire (the Redemption), by
payment in cash, all 41,500 outstanding shares of the
Companys Series B preferred stock held by NBC. The
aggregate redemption price payable in respect of the 41,500
preferred shares, including accrued dividends thereon, was
approximately $600.7 million and $557.5 million as of
December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Between November 13, 2003 and November 13, 2004 the
Company was unable to consummate the Redemption as the terms of
the Companys outstanding debt and preferred stock
prohibited the Redemption and the Company did not have
sufficient funds on hand to consummate the Redemption. On
August 19, 2004, NBC filed a complaint against the Company
in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware seeking a
declaratory ruling as to the meaning of the terms Cost of
Capital Dividend Rate and independent
investment bank as used in the Certificate of Designation (the
Certificate of Designation) of the Companys
Series B preferred stock held by NBC. On September 15,
2004, the annual rate at which dividends accrue on the
Series B preferred stock was reset from 8% to 16.2% in
accordance with the procedure specified in the
F-37
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
terms of the Series B preferred stock. The Company engaged
CIBC World Markets Corp., a nationally recognized independent
investment banking firm, to determine the adjusted dividend rate
as of the fifth anniversary of the original issue date of the
Series B preferred stock.
On October 14, 2004, the Company filed its answer and a
counterclaim to NBCs complaint. The Companys answer
largely denies the allegations of the NBC complaint and the
Companys counterclaim seeks a declaratory ruling that the
Company is not obligated to redeem, and will not be in default
under the terms of the agreement under which NBC made its
initial $415 million investment in the Company if the
Company does not redeem, the Series B preferred stock on or
before November 13, 2004. NBC delivered a notice of demand
for redemption on November 13, 2003, and has since alleged,
both through statements to the press and in its complaint filed
in Delaware, that the Company is obligated to redeem, and will
be in default if the Company does not redeem, NBCs
investment on or before November 13, 2004.
The Company and NBC have filed briefs in the litigation and have
each moved for judgment on the pleadings. The court heard oral
argument on the respective motions on February 14, 2005 and
has not yet issued its ruling.
As the Company did not effect the Redemption by
November 13, 2004, NBC generally is permitted to transfer,
without restriction, any of the Companys securities
acquired by it, its right to acquire Mr. Paxsons
Class B common stock, the contractual rights described by
the Investment Agreement and its other rights under the related
transaction agreements, provided that Warrant A, Warrant B and
the right to acquire Mr. Paxsons Class B common
stock will expire, to the extent unexercised, 30 days after
any such transfer. If NBC transfers any of the Companys
securities or its right to acquire Mr. Paxsons
Class B common stock, the transferee will remain subject to
the terms and conditions of such securities, including those
limitations on exercise described above.
NBC also has the right to require that the Company redeem any
Series B preferred stock and Class A common stock
issued upon conversion of the Series B preferred stock then
held by NBC upon the occurrence of various events of default (a
Default Redemption). If NBC exercises this right,
the Company will have up to 180 days to consummate the
redemption. If at any time during the 180 day redemption
period, the terms of the Companys outstanding debt and
preferred stock do not prohibit the redemption and the Company
has sufficient funds on hand to consummate the redemption, the
Company must consummate the redemption at that time. NBC may not
exercise Warrant A, Warrant B or its right to purchase shares of
Class B common stock beneficially owned by Mr. Paxson
during the 180 day redemption period.
Should the Company fail to effect a Default Redemption within
180 days after NBC has exercised its right to require the
Company to redeem its securities, NBC will have 180 days
within which to exercise Warrant A and Warrant B and its right
to acquire Mr. Paxsons Class B common stock, and
generally will be permitted to transfer, without restriction,
any of the Companys securities acquired by it, its right
to acquire Mr. Paxsons Class B common stock, the
contractual rights provided by the NBC investment agreement, and
its other rights under the related transaction agreements,
provided that Warrant A, Warrant B and the right to acquire
Mr. Paxsons Class B common stock shall expire,
to the extent unexercised, 30 days after any such transfer.
If NBC does not effect any of these transactions within the
180 day period, the Company will have the right, for
30 days, to redeem NBCs securities. If the Company
does not effect a redemption during this period, NBC will have
the right to require the Company to effect, at the
Companys option, either a public sale or a liquidation of
the Company and may participate as a bidder in any such
transaction. If the highest bid in any public sale of the
Company would be insufficient to pay NBC the redemption price of
its securities, NBC will have a right of first refusal to
purchase the Company for the highest bid amount. NBC will not be
permitted to exercise Warrant A, Warrant B or its right to
acquire Mr. Paxsons Class B common stock during
the public sale or liquidation process.
F-38
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Companys ability to effect any redemption is
restricted by the terms of the Companys outstanding debt
and preferred stock. In order to be able to redeem the
Series B preferred stock, the Company would need not only
to raise sufficient cash to fund payment of the redemption
price, but also to obtain the consents of the holders of the
Companys outstanding debt and preferred stock or repay,
redeem or refinance these securities in a manner that obviated
the need to obtain the consents of the holders. Alternatively,
the Company would need to identify a third party willing to
purchase NBCs Series B preferred stock directly from
NBC or to enter into a merger, acquisition or other transaction
with the Company as a result of which NBCs Series B
preferred stock would be redeemed or acquired at the stated
redemption price.
The Company has the right, at any time, to redeem any or all of
the Companys outstanding Series B preferred stock at
a redemption price per share equal to the higher of (i) the
liquidation preference of $10,000 per share plus accrued
and unpaid dividends, and (ii) the product of 80% of the
average of the closing sale prices of the Class A common
stock for the ten consecutive trading days ending on the trading
day immediately preceding the Companys notice to NBC
exercising the optional redemption, and the number of shares of
Class A common stock into which a share of Series B
preferred stock is convertible (approximately 768.58 shares
of Class A common stock as of December 31, 2004). If
the Company elects to redeem a portion of the Companys
outstanding Series B preferred stock, the Company is
required to declare and pay, in full, all of the accumulated and
unpaid dividends on the Series B preferred stock. As of
December 31, 2004 and 2003, accumulated and unpaid
dividends on the Series B preferred stock aggregated
approximately $185.7 million and $142.5 million,
respectively.
The Series B preferred stock is exchangeable, in whole or
in part, at the option of the holder, subject to the
Companys debt and preferred stock covenants limiting
additional indebtedness but in any event not later than
January 1, 2007, into convertible debentures of the Company
maturing on December 31, 2009 and ranking on a parity with
the Companys other subordinated indebtedness. Should NBC
determine that the rules and regulations of the FCC prohibit it
from holding shares of Class A common stock, NBC may
convert the Series B preferred stock held by it into an
equal number of shares of non-voting common stock of the
Company, which non-voting common stock shall be immediately
convertible into Class A common stock upon transfer by NBC.
The Series B preferred stock is non-voting, except as
otherwise required by law and except in certain circumstances,
including with respect to:
|
|
|
|
|
amending certain rights of the holders of the Series B
preferred stock; and |
|
|
|
issuing certain equity securities that rank on a parity with or
senior to the Series B preferred stock. |
Redemption Features of Preferred Stock
The following table presents the redemption value of the three
classes of preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2004
should the Company elect to redeem the preferred stock in the
indicated year, assuming no dividends are paid in cash prior to
redemption (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Junior Exchangeable | |
|
|
|
Series B Convertible | |
|
|
Preferred Stock | |
|
Convertible Preferred | |
|
Preferred Stock | |
|
|
141/4%(1) | |
|
Stock 93/4%(2) | |
|
16.2%(3) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
2005
|
|
$ |
540,916 |
|
|
$ |
155,323 |
|
|
$ |
667,933 |
|
2006
|
|
|
609,879 |
|
|
|
171,029 |
|
|
|
735,163 |
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
802,393 |
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
869,623 |
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
936,853 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Mandatorily redeemable on November 15, 2006; redeemable by
the Company. |
F-39
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
(2) |
Mandatorily redeemable on December 31, 2006; redeemable by
the Company. |
|
(3) |
As further discussed above, on November 13, 2003, the
Company received notice from NBC that NBC was exercising its
right under its investment agreement with the Company to demand
that the Company redeem or arrange for a third party to acquire,
by payment in cash, all 41,500 outstanding shares of the
Companys Series B preferred stock held by NBC. |
Covenants Under Preferred Stock Terms
The certificates of designation of the preferred stock contain
certain covenants which, among other things, restrict additional
indebtedness, payment of dividends, transactions with related
parties, certain investments and transfers or sales of assets.
|
|
13. |
COMMON STOCK AND COMMON STOCK WARRANTS |
Class A common stock and Class B common stock will
vote as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of the
stockholders, with each share of Class A common stock
entitled to one vote and each share of Class B common stock
entitled to ten votes; Class C common stock is non-voting.
Each share of Class B common stock is convertible, at the
option of its holder, into one share of Class A common
stock at any time. Under certain circumstances, Class C
common stock may be converted, at the option of the holder, into
Class A common stock.
In connection with the NBC transactions discussed in
Note 2, NBC acquired a warrant to purchase up to
13,065,507 shares of Class A Common stock at an
exercise price of $12.60 per share (Warrant A)
and a warrant to purchase up to 18,966,620 shares of
Class A Common Stock (Warrant B) at an exercise
price equal to the average of the closing sale prices of the
Class A Common Stock for the 45 consecutive trading days
ending on the trading day immediately preceding the warrant
exercise date (provided that such price shall not be more than
17.5% higher or 17.5% lower than the six month trailing average
closing sale price). The Warrants are exercisable for ten years
from the issue date, subject to certain conditions and
limitations.
In connection with the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
sale in June 1998, the Company issued warrants to
purchase 240,000 shares of Class A common stock
at an exercise price of $16. The warrants were valued at
$960,000. In June 2003, the warrants to
purchase 240,000 shares of Class A common stock
expired unexercised.
In June 1998, the Company issued to an affiliate of a former
member of its Board of Directors five year warrants entitling
the holder to purchase 155,500 shares of Class A
common stock at an exercise price of $12.60 per share. In
June 2003, the warrants to purchase 155,500 shares of
Class A common stock expired unexercised.
|
|
14. |
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS |
The estimated fair value of financial instruments has been
determined by the Company using available market information and
appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable
judgment is required in interpreting data to develop the
estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented
herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the
Company could realize in a current market exchange. The fair
value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent
information available to management as of December 31,
2004. Although management is not aware of any factors that would
significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such
amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of
these financial statements since that date, and current
estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the
F-40
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
amounts presented herein. The following methods and assumptions
were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial
instruments for which it is practicable to estimate such value:
Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts
payable and accrued expenses. The fair values approximate
the carrying values due to their short term nature.
Investments in broadcast properties. The fair value of
investments in broadcast properties is estimated based upon an
independent appraisal. The fair value approximates the carrying
value.
Long-term debt. The fair value of the Companys
long-term debt is estimated based on current market rates and
instruments with the same risk and maturities. The fair value of
the Companys borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility
approximates its carrying value. The fair market values of the
Companys Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes,
103/4% Notes
and
121/4% Notes
are estimated based on year end quoted market prices for such
securities. At December 31, 2004, the estimated fair values
of the Companys Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes,
103/4% Notes
and
121/4% Notes
were approximately $368.7 million, $210.0 million and
$464.0 million, respectively.
Mandatorily redeemable securities. The fair value of the
Companys mandatorily redeemable preferred stock is
estimated based on quoted market prices plus accumulated but
unpaid dividends, except for the Series B preferred stock,
which is estimated at the December 31, 2004 aggregate
liquidation preference plus accumulated dividends as no quoted
market prices are available for these securities. The estimated
fair value of the Companys mandatorily redeemable
preferred stock is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
141/4%
Junior Exchangeable Preferred
|
|
$ |
346,446 |
|
93/4% Convertible
Preferred
|
|
|
77,582 |
|
16.2% Series B Convertible Preferred
|
|
|
600,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,024,731 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15. |
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES |
Leases
Future minimum annual payments under non-cancelable operating
leases for broadcasting facilities and equipment as of
December 31, 2004 are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
$ |
19,701 |
|
2006
|
|
|
17,516 |
|
2007
|
|
|
15,892 |
|
2008
|
|
|
14,679 |
|
2009
|
|
|
12,450 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
107,160 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
187,398 |
|
|
|
|
|
The Company incurred total operating expenses of approximately
$25.4 million, $18.8 million and $17.9 million
for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002,
respectively, under these leases. In the fourth quarter of 2004,
the Company recorded an adjustment in the amount of
$4.0 million in order to recognize additional lease expense
for lease arrangements that provide for escalating lease
payments. Approximately $3.1 million pertained to periods
prior to 2004.
In December 2001, the Company completed the sale and leaseback
of certain of its tower assets for aggregate proceeds of
$34.0 million. This transaction resulted in a deferred gain
of approximately $5.2 million
F-41
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
which is being recognized over the lease term as a reduction of
rent expense. As part of the transaction, the Company entered
into operating leases related to both its analog and digital
antennas at these facilities for terms of up to 20 years.
Annual rent expense over the lease term is approximately
$4.0 million. For certain tower assets with a net book
value of approximately $2.2 million as of December 31,
2004 ($2.7 million as of December 31, 2003), the
Company has been unable to transfer title or assign leases to
the buyer. The Company is in the process of transferring title
and assigning leases to the buyer. These assets are included in
assets held for sale in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets. In the interim, at closing, the Company entered into
management agreements with the buyer on terms consistent with
the operating leases. Included in the $34.0 million
proceeds was approximately $12.1 million of deferred
consideration for the managed sites. Of the $12.1 million
deferred consideration received, $2.2 million remained as
of December 31, 2004 and is included in other long-term
liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets
($2.6 million as of December 31, 2003). Under the
terms of the agreement with the buyer, the proceeds received by
the Company related to these assets are not refundable to the
buyer in the event the Company is unable to complete the
transfer of title for these assets.
As of December 31, 2004 the Company is obligated under
employment agreements with its senior management to make
payments totaling approximately $2.4 million in 2005,
$2.5 million in 2006 and $1.4 million in 2007.
Investment Commitments
In 1997, the Company paid $2.0 million for an option to
acquire a television station serving the Memphis, Tennessee
market and simultaneously paid $2.0 million for an option
to acquire a television station serving the New Orleans,
Louisiana market. The Company may exercise its rights to acquire
these television stations for an option exercise price of
$18.0 million for each station beginning January 1,
2007 through December 31, 2008. The owners of these
stations also have the right to require the Company to purchase
these stations at any time after January 1, 2007 through
December 31, 2008. These stations are currently operating
under TBAs with the Company. The purchase of these assets is
subject to various conditions, including the receipt of
regulatory approvals. The completion of these investments is
also subject to several factors and to the satisfaction of
various conditions, and there can be no assurance that these
investments will be completed. As discussed in Note 1, for
the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company
recorded an impairment charge of $0.5 million and
$5.4 million, respectively, in connection with the purchase
option for one of these stations.
Routine Litigation
The Company is involved in routine litigation from time to time
in the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of
management, the ultimate resolution of these routine matters
will not have a material effect on the Companys
consolidated financial position or results of operations and
cash flows.
NBC Legal Proceeding
On August 19, 2004, NBC filed a complaint against the
Company in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware
seeking a declaratory ruling as to the meaning of the terms
Cost of Capital Dividend Rate and
independent investment bank as used in the
Certificate of Designation (the Certificate of
Designation) of the Companys Series B preferred
stock held by NBC. On September 15, 2004, the annual rate
at which dividends accrue on the Series B preferred stock
was reset from 8% to 16.2% in accordance with the procedure
specified in the terms of the Series B preferred stock. The
Company engaged CIBC World Markets Corp., a nationally
recognized independent investment banking firm, to determine the
adjusted dividend rate as of the fifth anniversary of the
original issue date of the Series B preferred stock. Any
further increase in the annual
F-42
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
rate at which dividends accrue on the Series B preferred
stock resulting from this litigation could have a material
adverse effect on the Companys consolidated financial
position and results of operations.
On October 14, 2004, the Company filed its answer and a
counterclaim to NBCs complaint. The Companys answer
largely denies the allegations of the NBC complaint and the
Companys counterclaim seeks a declaratory ruling that the
Company is not obligated to redeem, and will not be in default
under the terms of the agreement under which NBC made its
initial $415 million investment in the Company if the
Company does not redeem, the Series B preferred stock on or
before November 13, 2004. NBC delivered a notice of demand
for redemption on November 13, 2003, and has since alleged,
both through statements to the press and in its complaint filed
in Delaware, that the Company is obligated to redeem, and will
be in default if the Company does not redeem, NBCs
investment on or before November 13, 2004. The aggregate
redemption price payable in respect of the 41,500 shares of
Series B preferred stock held by NBC, including accrued
dividends thereon, was approximately $600.7 million as of
December 31, 2004. If a court were to grant a judgment
against the Company requiring it to pay the redemption amount,
it would have a material adverse effect on the Companys
consolidated financial position and results of operations and
cash flows. In addition, if the Company were unable to satisfy
any such judgment, the Company would be in default under the
indentures governing its senior secured notes and senior
subordinated notes which would also have a material adverse
effect on its consolidated financial position and results of
operations and cash flows.
The Company and NBC have filed briefs in the litigation and have
each moved for judgment on the pleadings. The court heard oral
argument on the respective motions on February 14, 2005 and
has not yet issued its ruling.
Exploration of Strategic Alternatives
The Companys business operations presently do not provide
sufficient cash flow to support its debt service and preferred
stock dividend requirements. In September 2002, the Company
engaged Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and in August 2003 the
Company engaged Citigroup Global Markets Inc. to act as the
Companys financial advisors to assess the Companys
business plan, capital structure and future capital needs and to
explore strategic alternatives for the Company. The Company
terminated these engagements in March 2005 as no viable
strategic transactions had been developed on terms that the
Company believed would be in the best interests of the
Companys stockholders. While the Company continues to
consider strategic alternatives that may arise, which may
include the sale of all or part of the Companys assets,
finding a strategic partner who would provide the financial
resources to enable the Company to redeem, restructure or
refinance the Companys debt and preferred stock, or
finding a third party to acquire the Company through a merger or
other business combination or through a purchase of the
Companys equity securities, the Companys principal
efforts are focused on improving its core business operations
and increasing cash flow.
Insurance Litigation
The Companys antenna, transmitter and other broadcast
equipment from its New York television station were destroyed
upon the collapse of the World Trade Center on
September 11, 2001. The Company has property and business
interruption insurance coverage to mitigate losses sustained,
although the extent of coverage of such insurance is currently
being litigated.
F-43
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
16. |
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION |
Supplemental cash flow information and non-cash operating,
investing and financing activities are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$ |
36,906 |
|
|
$ |
41,883 |
|
|
$ |
43,630 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$ |
250 |
|
|
$ |
1,053 |
|
|
$ |
625 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash operating, investing and financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming received in a settlement
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of discount on Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
$ |
49,172 |
|
|
$ |
43,660 |
|
|
$ |
37,480 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends accrued on redeemable and convertible preferred Stock
|
|
$ |
56,175 |
|
|
$ |
69,009 |
|
|
$ |
88,373 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount accretion on redeemable and convertible Securities
|
|
$ |
503 |
|
|
$ |
1,095 |
|
|
$ |
21,726 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock option exercise proceeds and withholding taxes remitted
through withholding of shares received upon exercise
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,359 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reduction of stock subscription notes receivable through offset
of deferred and other compensation
|
|
$ |
37 |
|
|
$ |
770 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-44
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
17. |
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED): |
Seasonal revenue fluctuations are common within the television
broadcasting industry and result primarily from fluctuations in
advertising expenditures. The Company believes that television
advertisers generally spend relatively more for long form paid
programming in the first and fourth calendar quarters each year,
spend relatively less for long form paid programming in the
second calendar quarter and spend the least for long form paid
programming in the third calendar quarter. The Company believes
that television advertisers generally spend relatively more for
commercial advertising time in the second and fourth calendar
quarters, spend relatively less during the first calendar
quarter of each year and spend the least for commercial
advertising during the third calendar quarter. The
Companys quarterly results of operations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the 2004 Quarters Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 31(2)(4) | |
|
September 30(3) | |
|
June 30 | |
|
March 31(2) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands except share and per share data) | |
NET REVENUES
|
|
$ |
69,587 |
|
|
$ |
65,872 |
|
|
$ |
69,877 |
|
|
$ |
71,294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses, excluding depreciation, amortization and stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
64,876 |
|
|
|
56,515 |
|
|
|
59,375 |
|
|
|
60,954 |
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
2,507 |
|
|
|
1,239 |
|
|
|
2,533 |
|
|
|
2,222 |
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
11,440 |
|
|
|
10,527 |
|
|
|
11,437 |
|
|
|
10,260 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
78,823 |
|
|
|
68,281 |
|
|
|
73,345 |
|
|
|
73,436 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) gain on sale or disposal of broadcast and other assets,
net
|
|
|
(1,164 |
) |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
6,067 |
|
|
|
(109 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
$ |
(10,400 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,367 |
) |
|
$ |
2,599 |
|
|
$ |
(2,251 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(78,694 |
) |
|
$ |
(58,034 |
) |
|
$ |
(48,776 |
) |
|
$ |
(60,231 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted loss per common share
|
|
$ |
(1.15 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.85 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.72 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.89 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
68,511,860 |
|
|
|
68,372,183 |
|
|
|
68,134,814 |
|
|
|
67,540,702 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock price(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
$ |
1.74 |
|
|
$ |
3.30 |
|
|
$ |
4.00 |
|
|
$ |
4.60 |
|
|
|
Low
|
|
$ |
0.90 |
|
|
$ |
1.30 |
|
|
$ |
2.15 |
|
|
$ |
3.51 |
|
|
|
(1) |
The Companys Class A common stock is listed on the
American Stock Exchange under the symbol PAX. |
|
(2) |
In first quarter of 2004, the Company recorded an insurance
reimbursement of $1.1 million as insurance recoveries in
other income in the consolidated statements of operations. In
the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company reclassified the
insurance recoveries received in the first quarter to selling,
general and administrative expenses in order to offset 2004
expenses incurred in connection with litigation over the extent
of the Companys insurance coverage. |
|
(3) |
Includes a charge of $4.6 million for an adjustment of
programming to net realizable value resulting from a change in
estimated future advertising revenues expected to be generated
by certain programming as a result of a change in expected usage
of such programming, a $3.0 million reduction in music
license fees resulting from the conclusion of a dispute and the
commencement of a new agreement with a music |
F-45
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
license organization, and $1.1 million in costs incurred in
connection with a required adjustment of the dividend rate with
respect to the Companys Series B preferred stock held
by NBC. |
|
(4) |
In the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company recorded an
adjustment in the amount of $4.0 million in order to
recognize additional lease expense for lease arrangements that
provided for escalating lease payments and a $4.9 million
adjustment to recognize additional provisions for income taxes
resulting from a change in the state income tax rate used to
determine the provision and a $1.7 million amortization
expense charge for certain leasehold improvements to adjust
their amortization period to the shorter of their useful lives
or the lease term. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the 2003 Quarters Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
December 31 | |
|
September 30(3) | |
|
June 30(2) | |
|
March 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands except share and per share data) | |
NET REVENUES
|
|
$ |
70,282 |
|
|
$ |
64,195 |
|
|
$ |
65,860 |
|
|
$ |
70,602 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses, excluding depreciation, amortization and stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
59,930 |
|
|
|
55,315 |
|
|
|
52,466 |
|
|
|
54,873 |
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
3,032 |
|
|
|
1,223 |
|
|
|
1,097 |
|
|
|
7,414 |
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
11,055 |
|
|
|
10,018 |
|
|
|
7,340 |
|
|
|
14,570 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
74,017 |
|
|
|
66,556 |
|
|
|
60,903 |
|
|
|
76,857 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) gain on sale or disposal of broadcast and other assets,
net
|
|
|
(3,089 |
) |
|
|
(243 |
) |
|
|
28,407 |
|
|
|
26,514 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
$ |
(6,824 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,604 |
) |
|
$ |
33,364 |
|
|
$ |
20,259 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(51,833 |
) |
|
$ |
(54,024 |
) |
|
$ |
(17,013 |
) |
|
$ |
(23,447 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted loss per common share
|
|
$ |
(0.73 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.80 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.25 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.35 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
71,305,999 |
|
|
|
67,752,309 |
|
|
|
67,658,154 |
|
|
|
66,799,581 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock price(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
$ |
6.07 |
|
|
$ |
6.48 |
|
|
$ |
6.99 |
|
|
$ |
2.65 |
|
|
Low
|
|
$ |
3.62 |
|
|
$ |
3.70 |
|
|
$ |
2.18 |
|
|
$ |
1.91 |
|
|
|
(1) |
The Companys Class A common stock is listed on the
American Stock Exchange under the symbol PAX. |
|
(2) |
In the second quarter of 2003, the Company determined that it
had over-amortized certain cable distribution agreements and
recorded a $4.0 million reduction of its amortization
expense. |
|
(3) |
In the third quarter of 2003, the Company determined that it had
been over-amortizing certain satellite distribution agreements
and certain other cable distribution agreements and recorded a
$4.5 million reduction of its amortization expense.
Additionally, in the third quarter of 2003, the Company recorded
a reserve for state taxes in the amount of $2.9 million in
connection with a tax liability related to certain states in
which the Company has operations. Included in depreciation and
amortization is a $3.7 million impairment charge recorded
in the third quarter of 2003, in connection with a purchase
option on a television station. |
F-46
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
During the first quarter of 2005, the Company terminated 50
employees and incurred termination costs of $1.4 million.
In March 2005, the Company notified all of its JSA partners
other than NBC that it was exercising its right to terminate the
JSAs, effective June 30, 2005, and notified all of its
network affiliates that it was exercising its right to terminate
the affiliation agreements, effective June 30, 2005. The
Company also notified NBC that it was removing, effective
June 30, 2005, all of its stations from its national sales
agency agreement with NBC, pursuant to which NBC sells national
spot advertisements for 49 of the Companys 60 stations.
The Company is also reviewing its network sales agency agreement
with NBC, its JSAs with NBC (covering 14 stations in 12
markets), and other elements of its business operations as it
seeks to implement changes that will improve its cash flow.
|
|
19. |
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION |
Paxson Communications Corporation (the Parent
Company) and its wholly owned subsidiaries are joint and
several guarantors under the Companys debt obligations.
There are no restrictions on the ability of the guarantor
subsidiaries or the Parent Company to issue dividends or
transfer assets to any other subsidiary guarantors. The accounts
of the Parent Company include network operations, network sales,
programming and other corporate departments. The accounts of the
wholly owned subsidiaries primarily include the television
stations owned and operated by the Company.
The accompanying condensed consolidated financial information
has been prepared and presented pursuant to SEC
Regulation S-X Rule 3-10 Financial statements of
guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities registered or
being registered. This information is not intended to
present the financial position, results of operations, and cash
flows of the individual companies or groups of companies in
accordance with U.S. GAAP.
F-47
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Wholly Owned | |
|
Consolidating | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
|
Parent Company | |
|
Subsidiaries | |
|
Adjustments | |
|
Group | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Assets |
|
Current assets
|
|
$ |
177,900 |
|
|
$ |
11,561 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
189,461 |
|
|
Receivable from wholly owned subsidiaries
|
|
|
891,601 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(891,601 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
50,790 |
|
|
|
833,120 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
883,910 |
|
|
Investment in and advances to wholly owned subsidiaries
|
|
|
33,837 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,837 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Property, equipment and other assets, net
|
|
|
50,003 |
|
|
|
100,931 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,934 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
1,204,131 |
|
|
$ |
945,612 |
|
|
$ |
(925,438 |
) |
|
$ |
1,224,305 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Mandatorily Redeemable and Convertible Preferred
Stock and Stockholders Deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
$ |
102,792 |
|
|
$ |
9,247 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
112,039 |
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
194,706 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
194,706 |
|
|
Senior secured and senior subordinated notes, net of current
portion
|
|
|
1,004,029 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,004,029 |
|
|
Notes payable to Parent Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
891,601 |
|
|
|
(891,601 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
471,355 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
471,355 |
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
17,845 |
|
|
|
10,927 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,772 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,790,727 |
|
|
|
911,775 |
|
|
|
(891,601 |
) |
|
|
1,810,901 |
|
|
Mandatorily redeemable and convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
740,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
740,745 |
|
|
Commitments and contingencies Stockholders deficit
|
|
|
(1,327,341 |
) |
|
|
33,837 |
|
|
|
(33,837 |
) |
|
|
(1,327,341 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, mandatorily redeemable and convertible
preferred stock, and stockholders deficit
|
|
$ |
1,204,131 |
|
|
$ |
945,612 |
|
|
$ |
(925,438 |
) |
|
$ |
1,224,305 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-48
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Wholly Owned | |
|
Consolidating | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
|
Parent Company | |
|
Subsidiaries | |
|
Adjustments | |
|
Group | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
NET REVENUES
|
|
$ |
168,252 |
|
|
$ |
108,378 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
276,630 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and broadcast operations
|
|
|
12,861 |
|
|
|
43,611 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56,472 |
|
|
Program Rights Amortization
|
|
|
53,616 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,616 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
60,721 |
|
|
|
61,114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121,835 |
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
8,501 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,501 |
|
|
Adjustment of programming to net realizable value
|
|
|
4,645 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,645 |
|
|
Other operating expense
|
|
|
691 |
|
|
|
4,461 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,152 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
13,545 |
|
|
|
30,119 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,664 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
154,580 |
|
|
|
139,305 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
293,885 |
|
|
Gain on sale or disposal of broadcast and other assets, net
|
|
|
817 |
|
|
|
4,019 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,836 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
14,489 |
|
|
|
(26,908 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,419 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (Expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
12,957 |
|
|
|
(107,149 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(94,192 |
) |
|
Dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
(60,616 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60,616 |
) |
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
4,280 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,292 |
|
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(6,286 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,286 |
) |
|
Equity in losses of consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
(134,045 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
134,045 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income taxes
|
|
|
(169,221 |
) |
|
|
(134,045 |
) |
|
|
134,045 |
|
|
|
(169,221 |
) |
Income tax provision
|
|
|
(18,751 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,751 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(187,972 |
) |
|
|
(134,045 |
) |
|
|
134,045 |
|
|
|
(187,972 |
) |
Dividends and accretion on redeemable and convertible preferred
stock
|
|
|
(57,763 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(57,763 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(245,735 |
) |
|
$ |
(134,045 |
) |
|
$ |
134,045 |
|
|
$ |
(245,735 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-49
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Wholly | |
|
|
|
|
Parent | |
|
Owned | |
|
Consolidating |
|
Consolidated | |
|
|
Company | |
|
Subsidiaries | |
|
Adjustments |
|
Group | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
(21,411 |
) |
|
$ |
11,694 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(9,717 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease in short term investments
|
|
|
6,955 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,955 |
|
|
Deposits for programming letters of credit
|
|
|
(24,603 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24,603 |
) |
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(4,320 |
) |
|
|
(11,525 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,845 |
) |
|
Proceeds from sales of broadcast properties
|
|
|
9,988 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,988 |
|
|
Proceeds from sale of broadcast towers and property and equipment
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(170 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(170 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(11,952 |
) |
|
|
(11,695 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,647 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings of long-term debt
|
|
|
365,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
365,000 |
|
|
Repayments of long-term debt
|
|
|
(335,687 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(335,687 |
) |
|
Payments of loan origination costs
|
|
|
(11,441 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,441 |
) |
|
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options, net
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
Repayment of stock subscription notes receivable
|
|
|
413 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
413 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
18,288 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,288 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(15,075 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,076 |
) |
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
97,090 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97,123 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$ |
82,015 |
|
|
$ |
32 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
82,047 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-50
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Wholly Owned | |
|
Consolidating | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
|
Parent Company | |
|
Subsidiaries | |
|
Adjustments | |
|
Group | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Assets |
|
Current assets
|
|
$ |
184,612 |
|
|
$ |
9,764 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
194,376 |
|
|
Receivable from wholly owned subsidiaries
|
|
|
892,601 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(892,601 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
61,486 |
|
|
|
832,468 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
893,954 |
|
|
Investment in and advances to wholly owned subsidiaries
|
|
|
58,045 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(58,045 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Property, equipment and other assets, net
|
|
|
71,404 |
|
|
|
123,943 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
195,347 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
1,268,148 |
|
|
$ |
966,175 |
|
|
$ |
(950,646 |
) |
|
$ |
1,283,677 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Mandatorily Redeemable and Convertible Preferred
Stock and Stockholders Deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
$ |
119,572 |
|
|
$ |
7,672 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
127,244 |
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
175,281 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
175,281 |
|
|
Senior secured and senior subordinated notes, net of current
portion
|
|
|
925,547 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
925,547 |
|
|
Notes payable to Parent Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
892,601 |
|
|
|
(892,601 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
410,739 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
410,739 |
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
42,787 |
|
|
|
7,857 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,644 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,673,926 |
|
|
|
908,130 |
|
|
|
(892,601 |
) |
|
|
1,689,455 |
|
|
Mandatorily redeemable and convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
684,067 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
684,067 |
|
|
Commitments and contingencies Stockholders deficit
|
|
|
(1,089,845 |
) |
|
|
58,045 |
|
|
|
(58,045 |
) |
|
|
(1,089,845 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, mandatorily redeemable and convertible
preferred stock, and stockholders deficit
|
|
$ |
1,268,148 |
|
|
$ |
966,175 |
|
|
$ |
(950,646 |
) |
|
$ |
1,283,677 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-51
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Wholly | |
|
|
|
|
Parent | |
|
Owned | |
|
Consolidating | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
|
Company | |
|
Subsidiaries | |
|
Adjustments | |
|
Group | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
NET REVENUES
|
|
$ |
169,086 |
|
|
$ |
101,853 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
270,939 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and broadcast operations
|
|
|
14,107 |
|
|
|
37,847 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,954 |
|
|
Program Rights Amortization
|
|
|
51,082 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,082 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
49,881 |
|
|
|
61,095 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
110,976 |
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
12,766 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,766 |
|
|
Other operating expense
|
|
|
4,056 |
|
|
|
4,516 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,572 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
7,751 |
|
|
|
35,232 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,983 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
139,643 |
|
|
|
138,690 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
278,333 |
|
|
Gain on sale or disposal of broadcast and other assets, net
|
|
|
9,921 |
|
|
|
41,668 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,589 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
39,364 |
|
|
|
4,831 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,195 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (Expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(91,698 |
) |
|
|
(504 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92,202 |
) |
|
Dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
(27,539 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27,539 |
) |
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
5,803 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,884 |
|
|
Equity in income of consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
4,408 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,408 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income taxes
|
|
|
(69,662 |
) |
|
|
4,408 |
|
|
|
(4,408 |
) |
|
|
(69,662 |
) |
Income tax provision
|
|
|
(6,551 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,551 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(76,213 |
) |
|
|
4,408 |
|
|
|
(4,408 |
) |
|
|
(76,213 |
) |
Dividends and accretion on redeemable and convertible preferred
stock
|
|
|
(70,104 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70,104 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(146,317 |
) |
|
$ |
4,408 |
|
|
$ |
(4,408 |
) |
|
$ |
(146,317 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-52
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Wholly | |
|
|
|
|
Parent | |
|
Owned | |
|
Consolidating |
|
Consolidated | |
|
|
Company | |
|
Subsidiaries | |
|
Adjustments |
|
Group | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
7,517 |
|
|
$ |
25,399 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
32,916 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease in short term investments
|
|
|
4,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,125 |
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(1,487 |
) |
|
|
(25,245 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26,732 |
) |
|
Proceeds from sales of broadcast properties
|
|
|
83,332 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83,332 |
|
|
Proceeds from sale of broadcast towers and property and equipment
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(156 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(156 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
86,330 |
|
|
|
(25,401 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,929 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings of long-term debt
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
Repayments of long-term debt
|
|
|
(20,152 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,152 |
) |
|
Payments of loan origination costs
|
|
|
(2,259 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,259 |
) |
|
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options, net
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
Payments of employee income taxes on exercise of common stock
options
|
|
|
(2,335 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,335 |
) |
|
Repayment of stock subscription notes receivable
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(22,487 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,487 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
71,360 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,358 |
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
25,730 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,765 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$ |
97,090 |
|
|
$ |
33 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
97,123 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-53
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Wholly | |
|
|
|
|
Parent | |
|
Owned | |
|
Consolidating | |
|
Consolidated | |
|
|
Company | |
|
Subsidiaries | |
|
Adjustments | |
|
Group | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
|
NET REVENUES
|
|
$ |
178,800 |
|
|
$ |
98,121 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
276,921 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and broadcast operations
|
|
|
14,072 |
|
|
|
37,132 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,204 |
|
|
Program Rights Amortization
|
|
|
77,835 |
|
|
|
145 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77,980 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
67,215 |
|
|
|
65,090 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132,305 |
|
|
Adjustment of programming to net realizable value
|
|
|
41,270 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,270 |
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
|
|
4,424 |
|
|
|
4,021 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,445 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
23,824 |
|
|
|
34,705 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,529 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
228,640 |
|
|
|
141,093 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
369,733 |
|
|
Gain on sale or disposal of broadcast and other assets, net
|
|
|
1,857 |
|
|
|
21,049 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,906 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
(47,983 |
) |
|
|
(21,923 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(69,906 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (Expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
16,203 |
|
|
|
(101,417 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(85,214 |
) |
|
Dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
5,313 |
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,759 |
|
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(17,552 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,552 |
) |
|
Equity in losses of consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
(122,894 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
122,894 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income taxes
|
|
|
(166,913 |
) |
|
|
(122,894 |
) |
|
|
122,894 |
|
|
|
(166,913 |
) |
Income tax provision
|
|
|
(169,273 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(169,273 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(336,186 |
) |
|
|
(122,894 |
) |
|
|
122,894 |
|
|
|
(336,186 |
) |
Dividends and accretion on redeemable and convertible preferred
stock
|
|
|
(110,099 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(110,099 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(446,285 |
) |
|
$ |
(122,894 |
) |
|
$ |
122,894 |
|
|
$ |
(446,285 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-54
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2002 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Wholly | |
|
|
|
|
Parent | |
|
Owned | |
|
Consolidating |
|
Consolidated | |
|
|
Company | |
|
Subsidiaries | |
|
Adjustments |
|
Group | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
(105,156 |
) |
|
$ |
29,728 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(75,428 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in short term investments
|
|
|
(4,923 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,923 |
) |
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(2,180 |
) |
|
|
(28,997 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,177 |
) |
|
Proceeds from sales of broadcast properties
|
|
|
26,647 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,647 |
|
|
Proceeds from sale of broadcast towers and property and equipment
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
Proceeds from insurance recoveries
|
|
|
2,722 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,722 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(363 |
) |
|
|
(738 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,101 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
22,046 |
|
|
|
(29,735 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,689 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings of long-term debt
|
|
|
336,338 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
336,338 |
|
|
Repayments of long-term debt
|
|
|
(2,898 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,898 |
) |
|
Redemption of preferred stock
|
|
|
(284,410 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(284,410 |
) |
|
Payments of loan origination costs
|
|
|
(10,886 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,886 |
) |
|
Debt extinguishment premium and costs
|
|
|
(14,302 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,302 |
) |
|
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options, net
|
|
|
1,182 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,182 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
25,024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(58,086 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(58,093 |
) |
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
83,816 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83,858 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$ |
25,730 |
|
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
25,765 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-55
SCHEDULE II
PAXSON COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the Three Years Ended December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Column A | |
|
Column B | |
|
Column C |
|
Column D | |
|
Column E | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Additions | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charged | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at | |
|
to Costs | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning | |
|
and | |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at | |
|
|
of Year | |
|
Expenses | |
|
Other |
|
Deductions | |
|
End of Year | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
For the year ended December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
1,090 |
|
|
$ |
155 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(597 |
)(1) |
|
$ |
648 |
|
|
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance
|
|
$ |
370,537 |
|
|
$ |
63,525 |
(2) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
434,062 |
|
|
Restructuring reserves
|
|
$ |
145 |
|
|
$ |
(5 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(138 |
)(3) |
|
$ |
2 |
|
For the year ended December 31, 2003:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
2,100 |
|
|
$ |
(418 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(592 |
)(1) |
|
$ |
1,090 |
|
|
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance
|
|
$ |
348,110 |
|
|
$ |
22,427 |
(2) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
370,537 |
|
|
Restructuring reserves
|
|
$ |
1,522 |
|
|
$ |
48 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(1,425 |
)(3) |
|
$ |
145 |
|
For the year ended December 31, 2002:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
3,635 |
|
|
$ |
(126 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(1,409 |
)(1) |
|
$ |
2,100 |
|
|
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance
|
|
$ |
124,428 |
|
|
$ |
223,682 |
(2) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
348,110 |
|
|
Restructuring reserves
|
|
$ |
2,099 |
|
|
$ |
2,173 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(2,750 |
)(3) |
|
$ |
1,522 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Write off of uncollectible receivables. |
|
(2) |
Valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets due to
uncertainty surrounding the Companys utilization of future
tax benefits. |
|
(3) |
Cash payments of termination benefits and lease obligations. |
F-56